1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result
*,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct linespec_result
*,
121 struct linespec_sals
*,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
123 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
141 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
144 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
145 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 struct symtab_and_line
,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
154 static struct breakpoint
*
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
166 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
167 struct obj_section
*, int);
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
175 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
178 struct address_space
*aspace
,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
206 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
218 int *other_type_used
);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
236 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
249 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
275 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
282 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
284 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
287 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
288 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
291 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
294 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
297 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
298 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
302 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
304 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
305 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
307 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
310 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
311 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
312 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
313 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
314 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
315 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
317 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
318 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
319 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
320 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
326 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
328 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
329 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
330 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
331 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
333 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
335 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
336 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
337 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
338 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
339 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
340 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
341 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
343 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
345 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
347 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
349 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
350 breakpoints share a single command list. */
351 struct counted_command_line
353 /* The reference count. */
356 /* The command list. */
357 struct command_line
*commands
;
360 struct command_line
*
361 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
363 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
366 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
367 current breakpoint. */
369 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
372 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
374 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
375 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
377 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
379 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
382 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
383 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
384 if such is available. */
385 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
388 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
389 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
392 fprintf_filtered (file
,
393 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
394 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
398 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
400 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
401 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
402 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
404 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
405 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
408 fprintf_filtered (file
,
409 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
410 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
414 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
415 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
416 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
417 use hardware breakpoints. */
418 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
420 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
421 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
424 fprintf_filtered (file
,
425 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
430 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
431 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
432 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
433 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
435 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
438 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
439 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
441 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
442 fprintf_filtered (file
,
443 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
444 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
446 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
448 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
453 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
455 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
456 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
459 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
461 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
462 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
463 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
464 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
465 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
466 condition_evaluation_auto
,
467 condition_evaluation_host
,
468 condition_evaluation_target
,
472 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
475 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
476 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
477 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
479 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
480 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
481 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
485 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
487 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
489 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
490 return condition_evaluation_target
;
492 return condition_evaluation_host
;
498 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
501 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
503 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
506 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
510 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
512 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
514 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
517 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
519 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
520 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
522 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
523 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
525 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
526 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
528 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
530 current breakpoint. */
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
534 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
535 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
536 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
539 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
540 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
541 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
543 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
544 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
545 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
548 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
549 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
550 to where the loop should start from.
551 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
552 appropriate location to start with. */
554 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
555 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
558 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
559 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
562 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
564 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
565 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
566 if (is_tracepoint (B))
568 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
570 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
572 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
574 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
576 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
578 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
580 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
581 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
582 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
583 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
584 an address you need to read. */
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
588 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
589 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
590 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
591 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
592 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
594 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
596 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
597 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
599 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
601 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
603 static int breakpoint_count
;
605 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
606 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
607 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
608 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
609 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
611 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
613 static int tracepoint_count
;
615 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
616 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
617 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
619 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
621 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
623 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
626 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
629 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
631 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
632 breakpoint_count
= num
;
633 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
636 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
637 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
638 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
640 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
644 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
646 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
649 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
653 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
655 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
658 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
661 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
663 struct breakpoint
*b
;
669 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
670 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
672 static struct counted_command_line
*
673 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
675 struct counted_command_line
*result
676 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
679 result
->commands
= commands
;
683 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
686 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
692 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
693 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
694 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
697 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
701 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
703 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
710 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
713 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
715 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
718 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
721 static struct cleanup
*
722 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
724 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
728 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
729 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
732 get_breakpoint (int num
)
734 struct breakpoint
*b
;
737 if (b
->number
== num
)
745 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
746 evaluating conditions on its side. */
749 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
751 struct bp_location
*loc
;
753 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
754 evaluating conditions and if the user has
755 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
757 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
758 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
761 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
764 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
765 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
768 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
769 evaluating conditions on its side. */
772 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
774 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
775 evaluating conditions and if the user has
776 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
778 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
779 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
783 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
786 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
789 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
790 condition_evaluation_mode. */
793 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
794 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
796 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
798 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
799 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
801 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
802 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
803 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
807 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
808 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
810 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
811 settings was "auto". */
812 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
814 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
815 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
817 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
818 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
819 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
821 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
822 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
825 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
827 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
834 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
835 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
836 target knows about. */
837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
838 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
839 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
843 update_global_location_list (1);
849 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
850 what "auto" is translating to. */
853 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
854 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
856 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
857 fprintf_filtered (file
,
858 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
859 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
861 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
863 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
867 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
868 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
869 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
872 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
874 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
875 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
877 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
880 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
883 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
884 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
885 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
888 static struct bp_location
**
889 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
891 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
892 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
893 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
895 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
896 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
897 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
899 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
900 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
901 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
902 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
904 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
905 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
908 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
909 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
910 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
911 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
918 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
921 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
922 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
924 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
926 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
933 struct bp_location
*loc
;
935 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
940 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
941 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
942 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
949 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
953 const char *arg
= exp
;
955 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
956 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
957 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
958 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
960 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
962 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
964 innermost_block
= NULL
;
966 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
968 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
969 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
973 struct bp_location
*loc
;
975 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
979 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
980 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
982 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
986 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
988 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
991 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
993 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
994 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
, char *text
, char *word
)
998 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
999 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1003 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1004 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1008 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1009 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1011 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1014 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1015 len
= strlen (text
);
1019 int single
= b
->loc
->next
== NULL
;
1020 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1023 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1028 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d", b
->number
);
1030 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d.%d", b
->number
,
1033 if (strncmp (location
, text
, len
) == 0)
1034 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (location
));
1043 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1044 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
1045 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1048 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1051 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1053 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1058 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1061 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1063 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1066 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1068 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1069 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1070 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1071 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1073 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1074 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1075 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1076 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1078 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1079 update_global_location_list (1);
1084 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1087 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1088 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1089 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1092 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1094 struct command_line
*c
;
1096 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1100 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1101 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1102 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1104 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1105 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1107 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1108 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1109 command directly. */
1110 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1111 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1113 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1114 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1118 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1121 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1123 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1124 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1125 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1129 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1131 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1134 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1135 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1139 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1140 struct command_line
*commands
)
1142 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1144 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1145 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1146 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1147 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1148 struct command_line
*c
;
1149 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1150 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1152 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1154 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1156 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1157 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1162 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1163 "can be used only once"));
1170 struct command_line
*c2
;
1172 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1173 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1174 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1176 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1177 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1183 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1187 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1188 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1191 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1193 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1194 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1195 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1198 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1200 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1201 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1202 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1208 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1209 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1212 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1213 struct command_line
*commands
)
1215 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1217 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1218 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1219 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1222 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1223 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1227 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1229 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1232 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1233 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1236 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1237 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1240 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1242 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1245 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1246 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1249 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1250 breakpoint work for any task. */
1253 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1255 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1258 if (old_task
!= task
)
1259 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1263 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1265 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1267 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
1270 /* A structure used to pass information through
1271 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1273 struct commands_info
1275 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1278 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1281 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1282 already-parsed command. */
1283 struct command_line
*control
;
1285 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1287 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1290 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1291 commands_command. */
1294 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1296 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1298 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1300 struct command_line
*l
;
1302 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1303 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1306 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1309 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1310 "%s, one per line."),
1313 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1315 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1318 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1321 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1324 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1327 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1329 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1331 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1332 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1333 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1334 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1335 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1340 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1341 struct command_line
*control
)
1343 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1344 struct commands_info info
;
1346 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1347 info
.control
= control
;
1349 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1350 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1351 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1353 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1355 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1356 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1358 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1359 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1362 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1363 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1364 numbers will fail in this case. */
1369 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1371 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1374 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1378 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1380 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1381 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1383 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1387 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1389 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1392 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1393 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1395 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1396 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1397 enum command_control_type
1398 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1400 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1401 return simple_control
;
1404 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1407 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1409 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1413 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1414 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1419 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1420 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1422 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1423 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1424 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1426 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1427 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1428 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1429 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1430 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1431 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1432 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1433 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1435 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1438 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1439 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1440 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1442 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1444 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1446 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1447 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1448 report higher one. */
1451 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1452 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1454 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1456 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1457 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1459 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1460 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1461 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1462 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1464 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1465 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1466 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1468 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1470 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1477 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1478 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1479 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1480 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1481 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1484 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1486 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1487 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1488 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1491 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1494 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1496 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1498 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1499 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1503 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1504 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1505 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1508 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1511 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1512 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1513 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1516 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1518 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1519 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1522 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1524 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1525 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1527 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1528 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1532 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1533 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1537 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1538 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1540 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1541 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1542 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1546 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1548 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1549 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1552 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1554 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1555 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1556 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1557 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1558 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1560 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1562 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1563 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1567 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1568 const unsigned char *bp
;
1569 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1570 int placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1572 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1573 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1574 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1576 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1578 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1580 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1581 breakpoint's INSN. */
1582 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1588 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1592 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1594 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1595 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1596 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1599 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1602 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1604 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1605 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1606 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1609 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1613 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1615 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1616 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1619 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1620 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1621 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1622 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1623 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1624 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1625 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1626 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1629 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1631 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1632 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1633 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1634 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1637 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1638 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1641 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1643 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1645 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1647 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1648 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1649 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1650 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1651 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1653 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1656 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1657 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1658 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1659 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1661 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1663 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1664 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1667 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1668 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1669 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1670 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1671 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1672 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1673 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1674 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1676 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1677 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1678 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1679 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1680 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1681 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1682 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1683 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1686 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1687 hardware watchpoints:
1689 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1690 called several times when GDB stops.
1693 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1694 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1695 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1696 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1697 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1698 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1699 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1700 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1701 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1702 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1703 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1705 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1706 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1709 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1711 int within_current_scope
;
1712 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1715 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1716 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1717 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1718 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1721 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1726 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1727 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1728 within_current_scope
= 1;
1731 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1732 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1733 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1735 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1736 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1737 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1738 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1741 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1742 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1743 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1744 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1747 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1749 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1750 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1751 if (within_current_scope
)
1755 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1756 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1757 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1760 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1769 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1770 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1771 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1772 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1773 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1774 be completely different objects. */
1775 value_free (b
->val
);
1779 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1780 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1781 locations (re)created below. */
1782 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1784 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1786 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1790 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1791 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1795 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1796 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1797 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1798 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1799 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1800 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1802 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1803 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1804 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1806 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1809 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1810 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1812 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1814 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1815 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1816 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1817 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1818 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1820 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1826 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1828 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1829 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1831 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1832 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1833 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1834 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1835 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1836 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1837 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1839 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1841 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1842 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1843 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1845 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1846 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1850 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1852 addr
= value_address (v
);
1854 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1856 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1859 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1860 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1863 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1865 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1866 loc
->address
= addr
;
1867 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1868 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1873 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1874 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1875 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1880 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1881 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1883 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1887 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1890 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1891 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1892 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1894 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1895 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1896 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1897 this watchpoint in as well. */
1899 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1900 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1901 hardware watchpoint type. */
1902 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1903 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1904 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1906 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1907 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1908 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1909 through watch_command), so always account for it
1912 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1913 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1915 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1916 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1919 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1920 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1922 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1924 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1925 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1926 "hardware watchpoint."));
1927 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1928 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1929 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1931 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1932 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1936 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1937 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1938 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1940 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1943 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1944 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1945 "read/access watchpoint."));
1947 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1949 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1950 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1951 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1952 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1955 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1957 next
= value_next (v
);
1962 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1963 above left it without any location set up. But,
1964 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1965 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1966 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1968 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1969 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1970 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1971 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1972 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1973 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1976 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1978 printf_filtered (_("\
1979 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1980 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1982 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1985 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1987 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1991 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1992 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1993 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1994 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1995 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1997 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1999 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2002 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2005 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2008 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2011 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2012 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2013 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2014 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2015 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2016 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2017 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2018 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2019 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2025 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2026 that the location is not duplicated. */
2029 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2032 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2035 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2036 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2040 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2041 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2042 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2043 any error during parsing. */
2045 static struct agent_expr
*
2046 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2048 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2049 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2050 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2055 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2056 that may show up. */
2057 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2059 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2064 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2065 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2066 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2070 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2074 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2075 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2076 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2077 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2078 one of them is true. */
2081 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2083 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2084 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2085 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2086 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2088 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2089 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2090 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2092 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2093 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2096 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2097 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2098 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2099 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2100 response back to GDB. */
2101 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2104 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2108 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2110 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2111 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2112 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2113 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2114 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2115 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2117 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2118 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2124 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2125 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2126 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2128 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2134 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2135 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2136 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2138 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2139 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2140 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2142 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2145 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2147 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2149 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2152 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2153 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2158 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2159 for this location's address. */
2160 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2164 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2165 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2166 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2168 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2169 conditions to the target. */
2170 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2171 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2177 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2178 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2179 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2181 static struct agent_expr
*
2182 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2184 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2185 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2186 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2187 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2188 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2189 const char *cmdrest
;
2190 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2191 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2193 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2200 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2202 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2204 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2205 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2207 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2209 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2211 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2213 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2215 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2216 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2218 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2220 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2221 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2223 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2225 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2227 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2229 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2230 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2233 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2238 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2239 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2241 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2245 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2246 that may show up. */
2247 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2249 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2250 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2251 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2256 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2257 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2258 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2262 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2264 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2268 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2269 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2270 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2273 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2275 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2276 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2277 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2278 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2280 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2281 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2282 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2285 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2288 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2289 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2290 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2291 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2292 response back to GDB. */
2293 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2296 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2300 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2302 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2303 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2304 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2305 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2306 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2307 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2308 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2314 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2315 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2316 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2318 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2324 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2326 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2328 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2331 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2332 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2334 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2336 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2339 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2340 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2345 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2346 for this location's address. */
2347 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2350 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2351 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2352 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2353 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2355 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2356 to send the commands to the target. */
2357 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2361 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2362 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2363 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2364 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2367 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2368 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2369 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2370 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2373 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2374 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2376 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2377 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2378 int *disabled_breaks
,
2379 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2380 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2383 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2384 struct gdb_exception e
;
2386 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2389 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2390 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2391 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2392 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2393 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2394 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2395 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2396 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2397 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2398 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2399 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2400 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2402 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2403 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2404 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2405 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2407 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2409 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2410 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2411 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2412 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2415 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2416 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2418 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2420 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2421 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2422 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2424 Two important cases are:
2425 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2426 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2427 hardware breakpoint.
2428 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2429 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2430 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2433 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2434 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2435 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2436 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2438 struct mem_region
*mr
2439 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2443 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2445 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2447 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2448 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2450 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2452 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2454 static int said
= 0;
2456 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2459 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2460 _("Note: automatically using "
2461 "hardware breakpoints for "
2462 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2467 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2468 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2469 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2470 "at readonly address %s"),
2471 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2475 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2476 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2477 || bl
->section
== NULL
2478 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2480 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2481 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2483 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2488 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2493 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2494 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2495 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2497 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2498 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2499 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2500 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2501 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2505 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2507 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2508 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2509 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2510 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2511 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2513 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2514 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2515 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2519 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2520 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2522 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2523 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2525 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2530 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2535 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2536 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2543 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2544 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2546 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2548 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2549 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2550 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2552 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2553 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2555 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2556 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2557 "library breakpoints:\n");
2559 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2560 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2561 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2565 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2567 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2568 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2569 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2570 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2571 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2572 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2573 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2577 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2578 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2580 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2581 "Error accessing memory address ");
2582 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2584 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2585 safe_strerror (val
));
2596 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2597 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2598 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2599 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2601 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2602 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2604 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2606 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2607 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2608 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2610 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2612 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2613 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2615 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2617 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2618 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2622 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2623 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2630 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2631 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2634 /* Back to the original value. */
2635 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2639 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2642 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2644 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2645 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2647 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2650 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2654 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2655 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2657 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2660 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2662 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2663 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2664 so just return success. */
2671 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2672 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2676 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2678 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2679 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2681 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2682 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2684 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2685 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2688 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2689 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2690 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2692 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2694 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2696 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2697 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2698 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2700 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2701 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2703 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2709 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2710 removed locations above. */
2711 update_global_location_list (0);
2714 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2715 Throws exception on any error.
2716 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2717 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2719 insert_breakpoints (void)
2721 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2724 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2726 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2728 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2731 update_global_location_list (1);
2733 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2734 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2736 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2737 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2740 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2743 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2745 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2747 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2749 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2753 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2754 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2755 always-inserted mode. */
2758 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2760 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2763 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2764 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2765 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2767 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2768 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2770 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2771 there was an error. */
2772 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2774 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2776 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2778 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2780 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2783 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2784 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2785 deletion of breakpoints. */
2786 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2789 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2791 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2792 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2793 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2794 insert breakpoints. */
2795 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2796 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2799 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2800 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2807 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2808 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2811 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2814 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2817 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2819 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2820 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2823 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2824 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2825 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2827 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2828 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2830 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2831 there was an error. */
2832 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2834 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2836 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2838 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2841 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2842 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2843 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2844 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2845 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2848 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2850 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2851 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2852 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2853 insert breakpoints. */
2854 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2855 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2858 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2859 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2864 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2865 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2866 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2868 int some_failed
= 0;
2869 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2871 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2874 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2877 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2880 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2881 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2888 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2890 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2892 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2893 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2894 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2902 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2903 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2904 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2906 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2907 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2908 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2910 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2911 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2914 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2917 /* Used when the program stops.
2918 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2919 removing a breakpoint location. */
2922 remove_breakpoints (void)
2924 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2927 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2929 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2930 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2935 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2938 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2940 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2942 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2946 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2949 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2954 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2963 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2965 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2966 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2968 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2969 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
2970 struct inferior
*inf
;
2971 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2973 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2977 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2978 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2980 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2982 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2983 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2985 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2987 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2993 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
2996 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3001 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3005 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3007 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3008 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3009 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3010 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3011 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3012 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3014 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3017 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3020 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3021 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3025 static struct breakpoint
*
3026 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3027 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3028 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3030 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3031 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3033 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3036 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3037 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3039 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3040 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3041 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3046 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3048 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3050 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3052 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3053 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3055 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3056 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3058 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3059 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3061 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3062 int longjmp_searched
;
3064 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3065 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3067 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3068 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3070 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3071 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3073 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3074 int exception_searched
;
3076 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3077 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3080 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3082 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3083 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3085 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3088 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3090 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3093 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3094 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3096 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3097 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3099 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3101 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3102 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3104 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3105 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3107 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3108 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3110 return bp_objfile_data
;
3114 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3116 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3118 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3119 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3123 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3125 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3126 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3128 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3130 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3131 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3134 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3136 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3139 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3141 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3143 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3146 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3147 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3150 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3153 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3154 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3156 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3157 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3159 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3161 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3162 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3166 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3167 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3170 update_global_location_list (1);
3174 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3176 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3177 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3179 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3181 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3183 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3185 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3187 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3190 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3191 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3193 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3194 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3197 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3199 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3201 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
3202 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3203 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3206 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3209 struct probe
*probe
;
3210 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3213 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3214 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3218 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3220 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3222 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3223 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3224 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3230 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3232 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3233 const char *func_name
;
3236 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3239 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3240 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3242 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3244 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3247 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3248 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3251 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3254 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3255 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3256 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3257 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3258 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3262 update_global_location_list (1);
3264 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3267 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3269 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3271 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3272 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3273 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3275 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3277 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3279 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3282 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3284 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3286 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3287 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3289 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3291 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3294 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3296 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3298 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3299 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3300 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3302 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3303 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3306 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3309 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3310 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3311 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3312 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3313 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3314 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3318 update_global_location_list (1);
3320 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3323 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3326 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3328 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3329 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3331 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3333 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3334 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3335 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3338 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3340 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3341 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3343 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3344 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3345 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3348 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3350 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3352 struct probe
*probe
;
3355 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3356 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3360 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3362 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3363 bp_exception_master
,
3364 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3365 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3366 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3372 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3374 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3377 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3379 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3381 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3383 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3384 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3386 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3390 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3393 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3394 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3396 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3397 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3398 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3399 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3402 update_global_location_list (1);
3406 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3408 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3409 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3411 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3412 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3413 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3414 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3415 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3416 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3417 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3418 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3419 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3420 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3421 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3423 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3425 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3428 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3429 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3431 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3435 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3436 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3438 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3442 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3443 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3444 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3445 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3446 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3448 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3452 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3453 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3455 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3459 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3461 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3462 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3463 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3465 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3469 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3471 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3472 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3473 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3474 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3478 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3479 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3480 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3481 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3482 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3483 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3485 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3486 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3487 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3488 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3489 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3490 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3491 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3493 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3494 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3495 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3496 let finish_command delete it.
3498 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3499 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3500 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3501 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3502 solib breakpoints.) */
3504 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3509 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3510 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3512 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3514 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3518 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3519 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3520 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3521 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3522 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3526 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3528 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3530 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3531 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3533 if (PIDGET (ptid
) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3534 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3536 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3537 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3538 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3540 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3544 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3547 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3548 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3550 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3554 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3555 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3556 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3557 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3558 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3561 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3565 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3566 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3568 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3569 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3572 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3573 This should not ever happen. */
3574 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3576 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3577 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3579 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3580 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3581 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3583 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3584 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3585 || bl
->section
== NULL
3586 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3588 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3589 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3593 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3594 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3595 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3597 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3598 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3600 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3601 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3602 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3603 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3604 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3606 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3607 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3609 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3610 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3613 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3614 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3615 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3616 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3618 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3619 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3620 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3621 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3622 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3623 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3629 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3634 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3635 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3636 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3637 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3642 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3644 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3646 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3647 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3649 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3650 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3652 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3653 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3654 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3657 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3658 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3661 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3662 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3664 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3668 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3675 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3678 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3680 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3681 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3683 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3684 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3687 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3688 This should not ever happen. */
3689 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3691 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3693 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3695 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3697 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3701 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3704 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3706 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3708 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3709 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3713 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3714 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3716 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3719 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3720 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3721 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3726 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3728 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3729 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3731 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3733 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3735 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3738 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3740 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3741 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3742 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3746 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3748 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3754 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3756 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3757 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3760 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3762 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3764 case bp_shlib_event
:
3766 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3767 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3768 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3769 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3770 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3772 (gdb) file prog-linux
3773 (gdb) run # native linux target
3776 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3777 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3780 case bp_step_resume
:
3782 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3784 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3788 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3789 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3790 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3792 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3794 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3795 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3796 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3797 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3799 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3800 insert_breakpoints. */
3802 value_free (w
->val
);
3813 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3814 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3815 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3816 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3819 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3820 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3821 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3822 match, not program space. */
3824 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3825 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3826 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3827 permanent breakpoint.
3828 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3829 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3830 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3831 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3832 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3834 enum breakpoint_here
3835 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3837 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3838 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3840 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3842 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3843 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3846 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3847 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3848 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3849 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3851 if (overlay_debugging
3852 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3853 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3854 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3855 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3856 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3858 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3862 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3865 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3868 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3870 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3873 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3874 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3880 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3881 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3882 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3883 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3886 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3889 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3893 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3894 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3898 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3900 if (overlay_debugging
3901 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3902 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3903 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3911 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3912 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3915 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3917 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3920 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3926 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3930 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3933 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3937 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3941 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3944 if (overlay_debugging
3945 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3946 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3947 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3953 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3954 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3961 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3962 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3964 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3966 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3968 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3970 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3971 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3974 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3977 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3978 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3982 /* Check for intersection. */
3983 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3984 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3992 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3993 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3996 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
3999 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4000 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4006 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4007 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4010 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4011 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4012 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4015 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4018 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4020 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4021 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4022 it is now time to do so. */
4024 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4025 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4029 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4031 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4032 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4033 it is now time to do so. */
4035 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4036 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4040 if (overlay_debugging
4041 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4042 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4043 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4052 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4056 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4058 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4061 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4065 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4067 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4068 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4069 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4070 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4074 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4075 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4078 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4095 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4096 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4099 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4103 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4108 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4110 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4111 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4112 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4113 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4114 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4116 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4117 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4121 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4131 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4134 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4139 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4141 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4147 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4149 enum bpstat_signal_value
4150 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
)
4152 enum bpstat_signal_value result
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
4154 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4156 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4157 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4158 enum bpstat_signal_value newval
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
4160 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
4161 newval
= bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
);
4163 if (newval
> result
)
4170 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4171 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4172 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4173 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4175 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4176 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4178 Return 1 otherwise. */
4181 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4183 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4186 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4188 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4189 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4190 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4191 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4192 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4194 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4196 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4200 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4203 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4205 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4208 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4211 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4215 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4217 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4219 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4221 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4227 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4230 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4232 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4234 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4236 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4237 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4238 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4239 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4240 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4244 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4247 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4250 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4252 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4255 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4256 or its equivalent. */
4259 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4261 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4262 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4265 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4266 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4267 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4268 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4270 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4271 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4272 bpstat of the current thread. */
4275 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4278 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4281 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4283 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4286 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4287 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4289 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4291 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4294 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4295 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4297 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4298 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4299 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4301 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4303 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4304 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4305 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4306 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4307 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4308 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4309 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4310 the tree when we're done. */
4311 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4312 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4313 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4314 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4315 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4317 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4323 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4325 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4331 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4332 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4334 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4336 if (target_can_async_p ())
4337 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4338 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4339 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4342 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4343 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4344 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4345 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4346 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4347 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4348 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4349 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4350 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4351 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4352 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4353 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4354 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4359 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4364 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4366 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4368 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4369 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4370 && target_has_execution
4371 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4372 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4373 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4374 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4375 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4376 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4377 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4380 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4383 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4386 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4389 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4392 struct value_print_options opts
;
4393 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4394 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4398 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4399 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4400 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4401 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4404 static enum print_stop_action
4405 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4407 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4410 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4411 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4415 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4416 relevant messages. */
4417 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4420 case print_it_normal
:
4422 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4424 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4425 which has since been deleted. */
4427 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4429 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4430 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4435 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4436 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4441 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4444 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4447 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4449 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4453 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4454 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4455 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4457 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4458 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4459 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4462 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4463 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4464 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4468 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4472 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4473 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4476 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4481 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4482 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4483 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4486 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4491 struct so_list
*iter
;
4493 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4495 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4496 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4499 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4504 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4505 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4506 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4509 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4513 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4514 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4515 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4516 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4517 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4518 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4519 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4522 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4523 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4524 code to print the location. An example is
4525 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4527 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4528 to also print the location part of the message.
4529 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4530 don't require a location appended to the end.
4531 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4532 further info to be printed. */
4534 enum print_stop_action
4535 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4539 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4540 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4541 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4542 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4543 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4545 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4546 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4547 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4548 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4552 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4553 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4554 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4555 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4557 print_solib_event (0);
4558 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4561 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4562 with and nothing was printed. */
4563 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4566 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4567 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4568 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4569 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4572 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4574 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4575 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4577 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4581 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4584 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4588 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4590 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4591 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4592 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4593 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4594 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4595 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4596 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4598 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4602 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4603 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4606 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4608 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4610 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4612 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4614 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4615 as not triggered. */
4617 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4619 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4621 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4627 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4629 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4630 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4632 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4634 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4636 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4639 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4642 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4643 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4647 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4649 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4650 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4652 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4653 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4655 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4657 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4658 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4660 if (newaddr
== start
)
4662 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4666 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4667 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4671 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4680 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4681 because of check_errors). */
4682 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4683 #define WP_DELETED 1
4684 /* The value has changed. */
4685 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4686 /* The value has not changed. */
4687 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4688 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4691 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4692 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4694 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4697 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4698 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4701 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4703 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4704 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4705 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4706 int within_current_scope
;
4708 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4709 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4710 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4712 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4713 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4714 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4715 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4718 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4719 within_current_scope
= 1;
4722 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4723 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4724 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4726 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4727 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4728 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4729 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4730 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4731 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4732 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4733 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4734 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4735 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4738 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4739 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4741 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4742 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4743 if (within_current_scope
)
4745 struct symbol
*function
;
4747 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4748 if (function
== NULL
4749 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4750 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4751 within_current_scope
= 0;
4754 if (within_current_scope
)
4755 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4756 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4761 if (within_current_scope
)
4763 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4764 time before we return to the command level and call
4765 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4766 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4770 struct value
*new_val
;
4772 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4773 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4774 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4775 a mask watchpoint. */
4776 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4778 mark
= value_mark ();
4779 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4781 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4782 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4783 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4784 not what we want. */
4785 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4786 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4788 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4790 release_value (new_val
);
4791 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4793 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4796 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4800 /* Nothing changed. */
4801 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4802 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4807 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4809 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4810 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4811 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4812 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4813 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4814 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4815 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4816 the first value assigned). */
4817 /* We print all the stop information in
4818 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4819 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4820 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4822 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4824 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4825 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4826 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4828 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4829 which its expression is valid.\n");
4831 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4832 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4833 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4839 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4840 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4841 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4844 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4845 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4846 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4848 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4850 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4851 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4853 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4856 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4857 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4860 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4862 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4863 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4865 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4866 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4867 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4868 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4869 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4872 int must_check_value
= 0;
4874 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4875 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4877 must_check_value
= 1;
4878 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4879 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4880 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4882 must_check_value
= 1;
4883 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4884 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4885 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4886 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4887 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4888 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4889 must_check_value
= 1;
4891 if (must_check_value
)
4894 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4896 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4897 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4899 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4903 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4904 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4908 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4911 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4912 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4914 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4916 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4917 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4918 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4919 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4920 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4921 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4922 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4925 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4926 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4929 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4930 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4931 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4932 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4934 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4935 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4936 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4939 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4940 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4941 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4942 changes. This still gives false positives when
4943 the program writes the same value to memory as
4944 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4945 it for a read), but it's much better than
4948 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4950 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4952 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4955 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4956 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4958 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4959 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4961 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4962 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4964 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4970 if (other_write_watchpoint
4971 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4973 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4974 and the value changed since the last time we
4975 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4977 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4982 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4983 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4984 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4986 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4987 the value hasn't changed. */
4988 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4996 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4997 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
4998 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4999 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5000 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5004 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5006 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5007 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5008 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5009 anything for this watchpoint. */
5010 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5017 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5018 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5019 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5022 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5024 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5025 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5026 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5028 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5029 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5030 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5031 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5032 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5034 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5035 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5036 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5038 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5039 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5043 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5044 struct expression
*cond
;
5046 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5047 method implemented. */
5048 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5049 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5051 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5053 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5060 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5062 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5063 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5065 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5066 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5067 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5068 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5070 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5072 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5073 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5077 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5078 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5079 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5080 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5081 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5083 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5084 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5087 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5089 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5090 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5091 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5092 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5093 really matter which instantiation of the function
5094 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5095 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5096 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5097 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5098 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5099 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5100 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5101 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5103 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5105 select_frame (frame
);
5107 within_current_scope
= 0;
5109 if (within_current_scope
)
5111 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5112 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5116 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5117 "in the current scope"));
5118 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5119 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5122 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5123 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5126 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5130 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5134 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5138 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5140 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5146 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5147 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5149 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5150 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5153 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5155 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5157 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5158 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5159 several reasons concurrently.)
5161 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5162 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5165 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5166 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5167 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5169 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5170 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5171 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5172 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5173 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5174 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5177 int need_remove_insert
;
5180 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5181 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5182 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5183 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5184 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5185 inferior function calls. */
5189 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5192 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5194 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5195 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5196 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5197 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5198 checked all locations already. */
5199 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5202 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5205 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5208 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5211 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5214 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5215 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5216 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5220 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5221 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5222 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5224 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5226 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5228 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5233 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5235 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5237 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5238 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5241 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5245 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5246 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5247 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5249 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5251 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5253 handle_solib_event ();
5258 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5259 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5260 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5264 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5269 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5270 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5273 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5278 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5280 /* We will stop here. */
5281 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5283 --(b
->enable_count
);
5284 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5285 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5286 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5291 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5292 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5293 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5294 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5300 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5302 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5303 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5306 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5307 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5308 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5310 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5311 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5312 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5314 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5315 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5317 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5319 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5320 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5323 if (need_remove_insert
)
5324 update_global_location_list (1);
5325 else if (removed_any
)
5326 update_global_location_list (0);
5332 handle_jit_event (void)
5334 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5335 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5337 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5338 breakpoint_re_set. */
5339 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5341 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5342 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5344 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5346 target_terminal_inferior ();
5349 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5352 handle_solib_event (void)
5354 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace
);
5356 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5357 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5358 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5359 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5361 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5363 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5365 target_terminal_inferior ();
5368 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5370 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5373 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5375 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5379 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5380 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5381 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5383 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5385 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5386 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5387 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5390 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5392 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5393 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5397 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5404 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5407 case bp_shlib_event
:
5411 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5413 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5416 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5419 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5420 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5421 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5425 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5427 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5431 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5432 This requires no further action. */
5436 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5438 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5439 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5441 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5442 case bp_exception_resume
:
5443 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5444 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5446 case bp_step_resume
:
5448 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5451 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5452 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5455 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5457 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5460 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5461 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5464 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5465 case bp_thread_event
:
5466 case bp_overlay_event
:
5467 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5468 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5469 case bp_exception_master
:
5470 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5476 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5478 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5482 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5483 This requires no further action. */
5488 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5491 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5492 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5493 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5494 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5496 case bp_std_terminate
:
5497 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5498 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5499 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5500 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5503 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5504 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5505 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5506 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5508 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5509 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5511 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5512 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5513 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5516 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5517 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5518 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5522 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5526 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5527 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5530 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5533 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5534 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5539 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5541 handle_jit_event ();
5544 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5546 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5552 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5553 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5555 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5556 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5564 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5565 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5566 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5569 bpstat_should_step (void)
5571 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5574 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5580 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5582 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5591 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5592 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5593 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5596 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5598 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5599 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5603 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5605 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5607 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5608 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5609 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5614 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5620 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5621 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5623 "host": Host evals condition.
5624 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5625 "target": Target evals condition.
5629 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5631 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5632 char host_evals
= 0;
5633 char target_evals
= 0;
5638 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5641 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5642 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5643 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5645 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5647 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5653 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5654 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5655 else if (target_evals
)
5656 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5658 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5661 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5662 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5665 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5667 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5670 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5671 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5672 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5674 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5675 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5677 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5680 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5683 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5684 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5686 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5687 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5689 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5693 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5695 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5696 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5697 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5700 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5703 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5704 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5705 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5706 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5707 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5708 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5710 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
5711 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5712 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5714 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5715 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5716 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5718 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5722 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5723 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5725 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5727 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5729 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5732 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5734 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5735 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5736 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5738 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5739 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5740 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5741 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5744 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5748 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5750 struct ep_type_description
5755 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5757 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5758 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5759 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5760 {bp_until
, "until"},
5761 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5762 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5763 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5764 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5765 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5766 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5767 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5768 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5769 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5770 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5771 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5772 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5773 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5774 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5775 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5776 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5777 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5778 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5779 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5780 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5781 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5782 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5783 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5784 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5785 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5786 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5787 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5788 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5789 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5792 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5793 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5794 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5795 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5798 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5803 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5804 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5807 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5808 const char *field_name
,
5812 struct cleanup
*back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
,
5814 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
5818 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5819 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5820 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5823 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
5829 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
5830 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
5835 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5837 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5839 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
5843 do_cleanups (back_to
);
5846 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5849 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5850 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5852 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5855 struct command_line
*l
;
5856 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5858 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5859 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5860 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5861 struct value_print_options opts
;
5863 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5865 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5866 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5867 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5870 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5871 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5879 if (part_of_multiple
)
5882 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5883 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5888 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5893 if (part_of_multiple
)
5894 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5896 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5900 if (part_of_multiple
)
5901 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5903 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5908 if (part_of_multiple
)
5909 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5911 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5912 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5913 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5917 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5919 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5920 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5921 make sure there's just one location. */
5922 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5923 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5929 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5930 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5934 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5935 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5936 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5938 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5940 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5941 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5942 is relatively readable). */
5943 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5944 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5946 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5951 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5955 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5956 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5958 case bp_exception_resume
:
5959 case bp_step_resume
:
5960 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5961 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5963 case bp_std_terminate
:
5964 case bp_shlib_event
:
5965 case bp_thread_event
:
5966 case bp_overlay_event
:
5967 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5968 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5969 case bp_exception_master
:
5971 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5972 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5975 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5976 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5977 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5980 if (header_of_multiple
)
5981 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5982 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5983 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5985 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5986 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5989 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5990 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
5997 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
5999 struct inferior
*inf
;
6000 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6005 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6006 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6009 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6010 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6012 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6013 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6014 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6015 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6016 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6017 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6019 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6020 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6023 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6025 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6027 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6028 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6029 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6030 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6032 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6034 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6035 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6039 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6041 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6042 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6044 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6047 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6048 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6050 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6051 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6052 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6055 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6058 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6059 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6061 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6062 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6064 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6065 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6066 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6067 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6068 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6070 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6071 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6072 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6073 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6075 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6078 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6080 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6081 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6082 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6083 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6086 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6090 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6091 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6092 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6093 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6094 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6096 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6097 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6098 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6099 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6100 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6102 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6106 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6107 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6108 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6112 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6115 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6116 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6117 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6120 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6121 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6122 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6123 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6126 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6127 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6128 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6129 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6130 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6132 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6133 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6134 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6137 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6139 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6141 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6143 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6144 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6145 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6149 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6150 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6152 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6155 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6156 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6157 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6160 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6162 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6164 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6166 annotate_field (10);
6167 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6168 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6169 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6172 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6174 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6176 annotate_field (11);
6178 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6179 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6180 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6184 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6186 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6187 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6192 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6194 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6196 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6198 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6200 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6201 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6206 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6207 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6210 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6211 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6213 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6215 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6216 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6218 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6219 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6220 locations, if any. */
6221 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6223 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6224 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6225 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6228 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6229 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6231 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6232 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6234 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6237 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6239 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6240 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6241 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6242 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6249 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6251 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6252 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6254 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6258 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6259 an address to print. */
6260 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6263 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6264 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6265 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6268 return print_address_bits
;
6271 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6277 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6279 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6280 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6281 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6285 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6287 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6295 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6296 char **error_message
)
6298 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6301 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6303 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6304 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6310 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6311 internal or momentary. */
6314 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6316 return b
->number
> 0;
6319 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6320 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6321 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6322 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6323 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6324 breakpoints listed. */
6327 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6328 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6330 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6331 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6332 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6333 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6334 struct value_print_options opts
;
6335 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6336 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6337 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6339 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6341 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6342 required for address fields. */
6343 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6346 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6347 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6350 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6351 accept. Skip the others. */
6352 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6354 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6356 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6360 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6362 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6364 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6365 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6366 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6368 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6369 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6370 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6372 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6376 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6378 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6379 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6383 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6384 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6387 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6388 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6389 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6391 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6392 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6394 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6395 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6396 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6398 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6399 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6401 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6402 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6404 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6406 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6407 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6408 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6410 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6411 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6413 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6415 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6416 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6417 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6418 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6423 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6424 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6427 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6428 accept. Skip the others. */
6430 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6432 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6434 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6437 else /* all others */
6439 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6443 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6445 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6446 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6449 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6451 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6453 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6457 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6458 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6460 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6461 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6467 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6468 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6471 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6472 there have been breakpoints? */
6473 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6475 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6478 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6479 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6482 default_collect_info (void)
6484 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6486 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6487 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6489 if (!*default_collect
)
6492 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6494 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6495 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6496 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6500 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6502 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6504 default_collect_info ();
6508 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6510 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6511 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6513 if (num_printed
== 0)
6515 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6516 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6518 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6523 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6525 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6527 default_collect_info ();
6531 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6532 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6533 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6535 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6537 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6539 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6540 && bl
->address
== pc
6541 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6547 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6548 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6552 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6553 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6554 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6557 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6560 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6561 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6565 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6566 else /* if (others == ???) */
6567 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6569 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6572 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6573 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6574 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6575 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6576 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6577 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6578 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6579 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6581 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6585 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6587 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6588 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6589 printf_filtered (".\n");
6594 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6595 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6596 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6597 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6599 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6600 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6601 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6602 breakpoint at address zero:
6610 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6612 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6614 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6617 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6618 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6621 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6622 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6624 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6625 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6627 /* Both of them must exist. */
6628 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6629 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6631 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6632 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6633 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6634 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6635 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6636 other watchpoint. */
6638 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6640 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6643 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6645 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6649 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6650 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6651 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6652 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6653 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6654 become hw_access locations later. */
6655 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6656 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6657 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6658 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6661 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6662 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6663 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6664 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6667 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6668 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6670 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6671 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6675 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6676 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6677 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6678 space doesn't really matter. */
6681 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6682 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6685 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6686 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6687 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6690 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6691 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6692 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6693 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6696 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6697 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6700 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6703 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6704 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6708 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6709 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6710 true, otherwise returns false. */
6713 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6714 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6716 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6717 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6718 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6719 different locations. */
6720 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6725 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6726 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6727 represent the same location. */
6730 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6731 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6733 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6735 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6736 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6737 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6739 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6740 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6742 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6745 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6746 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6747 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6749 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6750 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6751 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6752 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6756 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6757 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6759 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6760 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6764 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6765 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6767 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6768 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6770 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6773 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6774 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6775 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6776 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6779 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6780 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6782 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6784 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6787 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6788 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6789 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6790 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6791 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6793 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6794 have their addresses modified. */
6799 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6801 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6802 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6803 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6805 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6806 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6808 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6809 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6811 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6816 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6817 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6819 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6821 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6826 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6827 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6830 switch (owner
->type
)
6836 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6837 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6839 case bp_exception_resume
:
6840 case bp_step_resume
:
6841 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6842 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6844 case bp_std_terminate
:
6845 case bp_shlib_event
:
6846 case bp_thread_event
:
6847 case bp_overlay_event
:
6849 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6850 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6851 case bp_exception_master
:
6852 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6853 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6855 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6856 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6858 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6859 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6860 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6862 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6863 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6864 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6865 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6870 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6871 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6872 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6875 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6881 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6883 static struct bp_location
*
6884 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6886 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6890 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6892 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6896 /* Increment reference count. */
6899 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6904 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6905 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6908 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6910 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6912 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6913 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6917 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6920 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6922 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6924 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6925 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6927 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6929 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6938 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6941 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6942 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6944 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6946 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6948 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6952 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6953 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6954 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6956 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6959 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6961 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6962 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6963 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6964 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6967 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6968 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6970 static struct breakpoint
*
6971 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6973 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6975 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6977 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6978 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6982 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6983 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6987 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6989 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
6991 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6992 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
6993 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
6996 const char *function_name
;
6997 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
6999 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7000 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7002 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7004 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7006 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7007 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7008 &loc
->requested_address
))
7010 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7011 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7012 loc
->requested_address
,
7015 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7016 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7018 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7019 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7020 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7021 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7023 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7028 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7032 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7034 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7037 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7039 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7044 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7045 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7046 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7048 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7049 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7050 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7053 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7054 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7055 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7057 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7059 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7061 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7062 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7064 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7065 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7067 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7068 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7071 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7072 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7073 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7074 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7075 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7076 is also returned as the value of this function.
7078 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7079 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7080 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7081 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7082 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7083 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7084 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7087 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7088 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7089 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7091 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7093 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7094 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7099 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7100 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7102 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7104 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7106 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7108 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7109 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7110 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7111 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7112 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7113 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7117 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7118 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7119 initiated the operation. */
7122 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7124 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7125 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7127 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7128 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7129 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7130 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7131 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7132 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7133 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7134 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7136 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7137 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7139 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7140 after their removal. */
7141 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7142 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7143 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7146 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7149 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7151 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7153 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7155 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7156 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7158 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7159 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7164 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7166 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7168 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7169 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7171 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7172 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7176 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7177 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7178 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7182 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7184 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7187 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7189 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7191 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7192 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7193 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7195 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7197 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7200 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7201 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7202 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7203 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7209 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7210 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7213 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7214 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7218 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7220 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7222 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7223 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7225 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7227 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7228 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7229 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7230 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7233 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7235 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7237 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7238 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7239 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7241 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7246 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7248 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7251 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7253 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7254 update_global_location_list (1);
7255 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7260 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7262 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7265 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7267 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7268 update_global_location_list (0);
7269 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7273 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7274 master breakpoint. */
7276 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7278 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7280 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7281 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7282 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7284 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7285 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7289 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7291 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7293 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7295 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7296 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7297 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7301 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7303 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7305 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7306 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7308 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7309 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7311 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7313 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7319 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7321 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7323 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7324 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7325 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7326 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7329 struct lang_and_radix
7335 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7338 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7340 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7342 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7343 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7344 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7348 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7351 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7353 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7355 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7356 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7357 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7358 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7362 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7364 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7366 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7367 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7368 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7369 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7373 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7375 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7377 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7378 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7379 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7383 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7384 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7387 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7389 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7391 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7393 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7394 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7396 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7397 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7398 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7399 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7400 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7401 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7402 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7403 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7404 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7405 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7406 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7408 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
7410 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7414 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7419 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7420 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7424 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7426 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7427 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7429 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7430 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7431 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7432 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7433 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7434 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7437 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7439 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7440 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7442 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7443 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7444 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7445 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7446 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7447 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7448 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7449 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7450 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7452 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7453 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7454 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7455 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7458 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7459 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7461 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7463 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7464 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7465 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7468 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7473 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7475 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7476 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7477 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7478 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7479 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7481 struct fork_catchpoint
7483 /* The base class. */
7484 struct breakpoint base
;
7486 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7487 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7488 catchpoint has triggered. */
7489 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7492 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7496 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7498 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7501 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7505 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7507 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7510 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7514 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7515 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7516 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7518 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7520 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7523 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7527 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7530 static enum print_stop_action
7531 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7533 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7534 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7535 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7537 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7538 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7539 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7541 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7542 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7544 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7545 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7546 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7548 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7549 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7550 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7551 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7552 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7555 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7559 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7561 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7562 struct value_print_options opts
;
7563 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7565 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7567 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7568 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7570 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7571 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7573 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7574 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7576 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7577 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7578 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7579 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7582 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7583 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7586 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7590 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7592 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7595 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7599 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7601 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7602 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7605 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7607 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7609 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7613 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7615 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7618 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7622 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7624 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7627 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7631 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7632 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7633 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7635 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7637 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7640 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7644 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7647 static enum print_stop_action
7648 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7650 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7651 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7652 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7654 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7655 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7656 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7658 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7659 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7661 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7662 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7663 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7665 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7666 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7667 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7668 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7669 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7672 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7676 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7678 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7679 struct value_print_options opts
;
7680 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7682 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7683 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7684 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7686 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7687 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7689 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7690 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7692 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7693 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7694 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7695 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7698 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7699 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7702 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7706 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7708 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7711 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7715 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7717 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7718 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7721 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7723 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7725 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7726 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7727 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7728 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7729 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7731 struct solib_catchpoint
7733 /* The base class. */
7734 struct breakpoint base
;
7736 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7737 unsigned char is_load
;
7739 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7740 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7746 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7748 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7751 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7752 xfree (self
->regex
);
7754 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7758 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7764 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7770 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7771 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7773 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7775 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7776 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7778 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7781 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7783 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7785 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7788 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7791 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7794 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7796 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7805 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7807 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7808 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7813 struct so_list
*iter
;
7816 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7821 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7830 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7835 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7841 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7844 static enum print_stop_action
7845 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7847 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7848 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7850 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7851 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7852 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7854 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7855 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7856 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7857 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7858 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7859 print_solib_event (1);
7860 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7864 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7866 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7867 struct value_print_options opts
;
7868 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7871 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7872 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7873 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7875 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7878 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7885 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7887 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7892 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7894 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7896 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7899 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7900 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
7901 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7905 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7907 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7909 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7910 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7914 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7916 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7918 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7919 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7920 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7926 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7928 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7929 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7930 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7931 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7932 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7933 created in an enabled state. */
7936 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
7938 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7939 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7940 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7944 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7946 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7947 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7953 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7956 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7958 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7959 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7961 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7964 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7965 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
7966 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7968 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7970 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7971 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7974 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7978 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7979 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7982 const int enabled
= 1;
7984 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7986 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
7990 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7991 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7993 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7997 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7998 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8000 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8003 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8004 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8005 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8006 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8007 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8009 struct syscall_catchpoint
8011 /* The base class. */
8012 struct breakpoint base
;
8014 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8015 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8016 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8017 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8018 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8021 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8025 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8027 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8029 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8031 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8034 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8036 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8038 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8039 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8040 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8042 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8043 int any_syscall_count
;
8045 /* Count of each system call. */
8046 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8048 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8049 if any catching is necessary. */
8050 int total_syscalls_count
;
8053 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8054 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8056 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8058 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8059 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8061 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8062 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8069 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8075 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8079 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8081 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8082 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8083 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8084 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8086 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8087 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8088 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8094 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8099 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8101 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8102 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8103 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8105 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8106 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8107 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8109 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8110 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8112 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8113 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8117 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8118 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8119 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8121 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8123 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8126 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8130 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8132 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8133 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8134 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8135 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8137 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8138 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8139 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8145 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8149 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8150 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8152 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8153 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8157 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8158 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8159 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8161 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8163 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8166 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8170 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8171 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8172 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8174 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8175 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8176 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8177 int syscall_number
= 0;
8178 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8179 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8181 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8182 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8185 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8187 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8188 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8193 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8195 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8205 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8208 static enum print_stop_action
8209 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8211 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8212 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8213 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8214 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8215 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8216 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8218 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8221 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8223 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8225 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8227 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8228 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8230 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8231 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8233 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8234 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8235 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8236 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8237 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8239 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8241 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8242 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8244 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8246 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8247 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8249 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8251 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8253 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8256 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8260 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8261 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8263 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8264 struct value_print_options opts
;
8265 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8267 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8268 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8269 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8271 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8272 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8275 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8276 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8277 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8279 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8281 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8284 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8287 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8292 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8295 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8297 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8299 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8300 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8304 /* Remove the last comma. */
8305 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8306 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8309 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8310 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8312 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8313 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8316 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8320 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8322 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8324 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8328 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8329 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8331 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8334 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8338 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8341 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8343 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8345 printf_filtered (")");
8348 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8352 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8356 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8358 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8360 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8362 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8367 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8372 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8374 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8376 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8379 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8382 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8384 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8386 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8389 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8391 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8394 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8395 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8396 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8397 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8400 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8401 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8403 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8405 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8408 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8410 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8412 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8413 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8417 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8419 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8420 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8421 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8422 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8425 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8428 update_global_location_list (1);
8432 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8433 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8434 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8436 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8438 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8440 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8442 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8445 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8447 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8448 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8449 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8450 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8451 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8453 struct exec_catchpoint
8455 /* The base class. */
8456 struct breakpoint base
;
8458 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8459 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8461 char *exec_pathname
;
8464 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8468 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8470 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8472 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8474 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8478 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8480 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8484 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8486 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8490 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8491 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8492 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8494 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8496 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8499 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8503 static enum print_stop_action
8504 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8506 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8507 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8508 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8510 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8511 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8512 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8514 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8515 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8517 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8518 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8519 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8521 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8522 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8523 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8524 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8526 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8530 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8532 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8533 struct value_print_options opts
;
8534 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8536 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8538 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8539 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8540 is relatively readable). */
8541 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8542 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8544 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8545 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8547 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8548 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8549 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8552 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8553 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8557 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8559 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8562 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8566 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8568 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8569 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8572 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8575 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8576 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8578 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8579 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8581 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8582 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8583 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8585 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8589 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8592 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8593 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8597 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8598 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8600 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8602 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8609 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8613 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8616 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8618 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8621 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8623 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8625 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8631 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8632 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8633 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8634 types _not_ TYPE. */
8637 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8638 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8641 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8643 *other_type_used
= 0;
8648 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8651 if (b
->type
== type
)
8652 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8653 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8654 *other_type_used
= 1;
8661 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8663 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8667 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8669 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8670 update_global_location_list (0);
8676 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8678 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8682 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8684 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8685 update_global_location_list (1);
8691 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8693 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8694 update_global_location_list (0);
8698 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8700 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8701 breakpoint_re_set ();
8705 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8706 at address specified by SAL.
8707 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8710 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8711 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8713 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8715 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8717 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8719 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8720 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8721 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8722 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8724 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8725 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8727 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8728 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8730 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8735 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8736 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8739 static struct breakpoint
*
8740 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8742 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8744 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8746 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8747 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8748 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8750 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8751 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8752 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8753 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8754 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8755 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8756 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8757 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8758 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8759 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8760 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8762 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8763 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8764 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8766 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8770 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8774 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8776 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8780 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8784 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8787 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8789 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8791 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8792 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8794 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8798 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8801 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8803 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8804 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8806 printf_filtered ("\n");
8810 static struct bp_location
*
8811 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8812 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8814 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8815 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8816 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8818 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8819 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8821 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8822 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8823 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8824 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8825 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8826 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8827 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8830 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8831 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8832 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8833 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8838 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8839 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8840 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8841 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8842 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8843 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8844 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8845 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8846 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8848 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8849 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8854 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8855 return 0 otherwise. */
8858 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8862 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8863 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8864 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8867 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8869 addr
= loc
->address
;
8870 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8872 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8876 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8878 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8879 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8880 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8881 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8883 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8884 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8886 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8887 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8890 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8895 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8896 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8899 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8901 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8902 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8907 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8909 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8911 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8913 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8915 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8916 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8918 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8919 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8920 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8922 if (!dprintf_function
)
8923 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8925 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8926 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8931 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8935 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8937 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8938 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8941 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8942 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8946 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8947 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8949 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8950 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8952 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
, *cont_cmd_line
= NULL
;
8954 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
8956 cont_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8957 cont_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8958 cont_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8959 cont_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8960 cont_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8961 cont_cmd_line
->line
= xstrdup ("continue");
8964 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8965 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8966 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8967 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8968 printf_cmd_line
->next
= cont_cmd_line
;
8969 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8971 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8975 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8976 current style settings. */
8979 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8980 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8982 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8986 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8987 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8991 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8992 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8993 as condition expression. */
8996 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8997 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
8998 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9000 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9001 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9002 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9003 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9004 int display_canonical
)
9008 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9010 int target_resources_ok
;
9012 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9013 target_resources_ok
=
9014 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9016 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9017 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9018 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9019 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9022 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9024 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9026 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9027 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9031 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9033 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9035 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9036 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9041 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9045 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9046 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9047 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9048 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9049 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9051 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9052 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9054 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9056 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9057 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9059 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9061 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9062 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9063 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9067 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9069 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9071 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9072 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9074 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9076 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9078 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9080 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9081 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9083 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9085 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9088 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9089 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9096 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9097 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9101 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9102 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9106 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9108 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9109 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9111 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9114 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9115 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9116 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9118 if (b
->extra_string
)
9119 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9121 error (_("Format string required"));
9123 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9124 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9127 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9129 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9131 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9134 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9139 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9140 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9141 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9143 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9144 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9145 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9146 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9147 int display_canonical
)
9149 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9150 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9152 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9154 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9156 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9160 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9162 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9164 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9166 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9168 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9170 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9172 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9174 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9177 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9178 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9179 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9180 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9181 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9182 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9183 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9184 we take just a single condition string.
9186 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9187 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9188 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9189 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9190 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9193 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9194 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9195 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9196 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9197 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9198 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9199 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9202 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9204 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9205 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9207 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9209 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9210 'break', without arguments. */
9211 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9212 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9214 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9215 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9217 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9218 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9221 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9223 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9224 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9225 canonical
->special_display
);
9226 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9230 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9231 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9232 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9233 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9235 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9236 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9239 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9240 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9242 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9244 if ((*address
) == NULL
9245 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9247 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9249 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9251 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9252 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9255 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9256 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9257 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9259 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9260 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9261 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9262 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9263 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9264 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9266 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9268 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9269 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9270 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9271 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9272 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9274 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9276 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9277 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9278 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9280 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9283 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9287 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9289 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9290 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9291 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9292 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9294 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9295 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9296 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9298 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9299 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9300 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9301 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9302 get_last_displayed_line (),
9303 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9305 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9306 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9311 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9312 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9315 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9319 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9320 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9323 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9324 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9325 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9326 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9327 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9331 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9332 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9335 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9337 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9339 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9341 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9343 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9345 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9346 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9347 associated with SAL. */
9350 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9352 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9355 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9356 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9358 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9362 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9364 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9365 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9367 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9370 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9371 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9372 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9373 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9374 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9375 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9378 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9379 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9382 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9389 const char *end_tok
;
9391 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9392 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9394 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9396 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9398 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9402 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9404 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9406 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9408 struct expression
*expr
;
9410 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9411 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9414 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9416 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9421 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9423 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9424 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9425 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9428 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9433 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9435 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9436 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9437 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9442 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9446 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9450 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9452 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9453 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9455 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9456 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9457 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9458 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9463 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9465 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9467 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9468 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9470 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9471 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9472 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9474 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9475 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9477 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9479 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9481 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9483 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9485 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9486 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9488 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9491 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9497 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9498 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9499 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9500 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9501 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9502 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9503 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9504 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9505 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9509 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9510 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9511 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9512 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
9513 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9515 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9516 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9517 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9520 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9521 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9522 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9523 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9524 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9525 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9528 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9530 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9532 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9534 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9536 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9537 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9540 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9544 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9550 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9552 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9555 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9556 throw_exception (e
);
9558 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9560 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9561 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9562 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9563 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9564 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9567 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9568 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9569 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9570 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9572 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9574 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9575 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9576 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9577 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9578 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9580 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9584 throw_exception (e
);
9588 throw_exception (e
);
9591 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9592 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9594 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9595 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9596 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9597 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9598 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9600 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9601 are ok for the target. */
9605 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9607 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9608 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9611 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9612 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9615 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9617 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9618 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9621 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9622 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9626 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9628 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9630 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9633 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9634 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9635 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9636 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9638 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9639 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9641 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9643 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9645 extra_string
= rest
;
9649 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9652 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9653 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9655 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9658 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9659 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9663 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9664 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9665 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9666 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9667 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9671 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9673 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9675 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9677 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9679 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9683 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9685 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9687 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9688 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9689 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9692 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9695 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9696 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9698 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9700 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9701 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9702 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9703 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9704 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9705 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9706 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9707 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9709 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9712 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9714 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9715 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9716 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9719 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9721 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9722 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9723 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9725 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9726 update_global_location_list (1);
9731 /* Set a breakpoint.
9732 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9733 condition, and thread.
9734 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9735 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9739 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9741 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9742 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9743 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9745 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9746 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9748 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9749 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9750 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9752 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9754 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9756 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9757 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9758 0 /* Ignore count */,
9759 pending_break_support
,
9767 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9770 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9774 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9776 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9777 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9778 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9781 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9782 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9783 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9784 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9787 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9789 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9793 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9796 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9799 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9800 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
9804 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9805 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9806 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9807 happen in assembly source). */
9809 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
9810 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9812 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9814 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9816 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
9818 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9825 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9827 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9831 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9833 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9837 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9839 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9843 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9845 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9849 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9851 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9852 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9853 stop at <line>\n"));
9857 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9861 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9863 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9868 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9869 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9870 function/method name. */
9871 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9873 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9878 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9880 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9884 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9886 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9890 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9894 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9901 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9902 it is probably a line number. */
9903 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9905 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9910 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9912 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9916 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9918 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9921 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9922 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9923 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9927 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9929 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9931 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9933 0 /* Ignore count */,
9934 pending_break_support
,
9935 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9943 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9945 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9948 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9949 ranged breakpoints. */
9952 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9953 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9955 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9957 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9958 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9961 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9962 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9965 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9966 ranged breakpoints. */
9969 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9971 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9974 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9975 ranged breakpoints. */
9977 static enum print_stop_action
9978 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9980 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9981 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9982 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9984 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9986 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9987 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9989 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9990 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9991 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9993 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9994 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9996 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9997 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9998 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10000 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10001 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10003 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10006 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10007 ranged breakpoints. */
10010 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10011 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10013 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10014 struct value_print_options opts
;
10015 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10017 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10018 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10020 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10022 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10023 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10024 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10025 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10026 annotate_field (5);
10027 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10031 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10032 ranged breakpoints. */
10035 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10036 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10038 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10039 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10040 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10041 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10045 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10046 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10048 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10049 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10050 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10051 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10052 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10053 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10055 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10058 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10059 ranged breakpoints. */
10062 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10064 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10065 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10068 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10070 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10073 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10074 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10075 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10078 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10079 ranged breakpoints. */
10082 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10084 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10085 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10086 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10089 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10091 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10093 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10094 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10095 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10096 last instruction of the given line. */
10099 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10103 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10104 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10105 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10112 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10114 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10116 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10123 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10126 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10128 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10129 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10130 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10132 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10133 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10134 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10135 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10137 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10138 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10139 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10141 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10142 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10143 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10145 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10146 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10148 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10149 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10150 error(_("No address range specified."));
10152 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10155 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10157 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10160 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10161 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10162 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10164 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10166 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10167 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10168 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10170 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10171 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10172 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10174 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10175 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10177 /* Parse the end location. */
10179 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10182 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10183 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10184 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10185 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10186 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10187 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10188 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10189 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10191 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10193 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10194 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10196 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10197 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10198 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10199 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10201 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10202 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10203 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10205 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10206 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10207 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10209 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10211 /* Length overflowed. */
10212 error (_("Address range too large."));
10213 else if (length
== 1)
10215 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10216 the `hbreak' command. */
10217 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10219 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10224 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10225 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10226 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10227 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10228 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10229 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10230 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10231 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10232 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10234 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10237 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10238 update_global_location_list (1);
10241 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10242 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10243 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10247 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10249 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10255 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10256 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10259 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10269 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10270 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10271 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10272 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10273 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10275 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10303 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10306 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10307 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10312 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10313 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10314 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10315 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10316 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10317 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10318 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10320 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10321 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10326 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10328 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10329 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10330 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10331 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10333 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10334 are always constant. */
10336 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10338 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10339 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10340 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10345 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10346 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10347 then it is not a constant. */
10356 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10359 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10361 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10363 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10365 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10366 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10367 value_free (w
->val
);
10369 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10372 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10375 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10377 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10379 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10380 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10382 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10383 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10384 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10385 are loaded and unloaded.
10387 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10388 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10389 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10390 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10391 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10392 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10394 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10395 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10396 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10397 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10399 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10400 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10402 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10403 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10404 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10407 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10410 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10412 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10413 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10415 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10419 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10422 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10424 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10425 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10427 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10432 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10433 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10434 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10436 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10437 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10439 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10440 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10441 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10442 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10443 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10444 (did not match the data address). */
10445 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10446 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10453 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10455 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10457 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10460 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10461 hardware watchpoints. */
10464 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10466 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10467 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10469 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10472 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10473 hardware watchpoints. */
10476 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10478 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10479 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10482 static enum print_stop_action
10483 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10485 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10486 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10487 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
10488 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10489 enum print_stop_action result
;
10490 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10491 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10493 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10495 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
10496 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10497 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10499 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10500 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10504 case bp_watchpoint
:
10505 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10506 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10507 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10508 ui_out_field_string
10510 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10512 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10513 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10514 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10515 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10516 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10517 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10518 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10519 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10520 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10521 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10524 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10525 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10526 ui_out_field_string
10528 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10530 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10531 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10532 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10533 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10534 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10535 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10538 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10539 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10541 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10542 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10543 ui_out_field_string
10545 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10547 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10548 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10549 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10550 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10551 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10556 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10557 ui_out_field_string
10559 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10560 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10561 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10563 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10564 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10565 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10566 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10569 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10572 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10576 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10580 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10582 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10583 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10584 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10588 case bp_watchpoint
:
10589 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10590 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10592 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10593 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10594 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10596 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10597 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10598 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10600 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10601 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10602 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10605 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10606 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10609 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10610 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10611 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10612 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10615 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10619 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10621 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10625 case bp_watchpoint
:
10626 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10627 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10629 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10630 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10632 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10633 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10636 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10637 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10640 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10641 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10644 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10646 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10648 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10649 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10652 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10654 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10656 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10657 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10660 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10661 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10664 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10666 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10668 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10669 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10672 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10673 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10676 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10678 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10680 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10683 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10684 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10687 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10692 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10693 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10695 static enum print_stop_action
10696 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10698 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10699 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10701 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10702 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10706 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10707 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10708 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10709 ui_out_field_string
10711 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10714 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10715 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10716 ui_out_field_string
10718 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10721 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10722 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10723 ui_out_field_string
10725 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10728 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10729 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10733 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10734 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10735 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10736 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10738 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10739 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10742 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10743 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10746 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10747 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10749 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10751 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10752 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10754 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10755 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10756 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10759 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10760 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10763 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10765 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10766 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10767 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10771 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10772 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10773 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10775 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10776 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10777 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10779 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10780 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10781 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10784 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10785 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10788 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10789 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10790 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10791 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10794 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10795 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10798 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10800 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10805 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10806 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10808 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10809 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10811 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10812 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10815 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10816 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10819 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10820 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10821 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10824 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10826 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10828 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10831 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10833 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10836 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10837 hw_read: watch read,
10838 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10840 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10841 int just_location
, int internal
)
10843 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10844 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10845 struct expression
*exp
;
10846 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10847 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10848 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10849 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10850 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10851 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10853 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10854 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10855 enum bptype bp_type
;
10858 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10859 the hardware watchpoint. */
10861 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10862 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10864 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
10866 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10867 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10869 const char *value_start
;
10871 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10873 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10874 of the arguments string. */
10875 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10877 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10878 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10881 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10882 This is the value of the parameter. */
10883 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10885 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10887 /* Skip whitespace. */
10888 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10893 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10894 This is the parameter itself. */
10895 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10898 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10900 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10902 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10903 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10904 only in a specific thread. */
10908 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10910 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10911 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10913 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10915 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10916 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10918 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10919 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10920 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10922 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10924 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10925 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10927 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10930 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10932 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10934 mark
= value_mark ();
10935 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10936 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10937 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10940 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10943 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10944 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10951 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10952 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10954 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10955 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10956 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
10957 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
10958 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10960 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10961 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10963 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10966 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10967 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10971 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10972 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10974 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10977 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10978 mark
= value_mark ();
10979 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10985 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10986 val
= value_addr (result
);
10987 release_value (val
);
10988 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10992 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
10995 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10996 else if (ret
== -2)
10997 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11000 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11001 release_value (val
);
11003 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11004 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11006 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11007 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11009 struct expression
*cond
;
11011 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11012 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11013 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11015 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11016 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11017 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11023 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11025 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11026 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11027 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11028 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11030 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11032 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11034 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11035 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11036 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11037 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11038 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11040 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11043 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11044 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11045 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11046 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11048 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11050 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11051 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11053 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11054 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11056 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11057 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11058 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11059 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11060 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11061 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11062 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11063 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11064 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11068 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11070 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11073 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11074 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11076 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11077 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11078 b
->thread
= thread
;
11079 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11080 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11082 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11083 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11086 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11087 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11090 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11091 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11093 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11094 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11097 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11098 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11100 /* The above expression is in C. */
11101 b
->language
= language_c
;
11104 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11108 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11117 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11119 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11123 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11124 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11128 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11129 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11132 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11134 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11135 need to act on them together. */
11136 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11137 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11140 if (!just_location
)
11141 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11143 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11145 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11146 that should be inserted. */
11147 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11151 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11152 throw_exception (e
);
11155 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11156 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11159 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11160 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11163 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11165 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11166 struct value
*head
= v
;
11168 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11169 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11172 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11173 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11174 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11175 hardware watchpoint.
11177 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11178 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11179 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11180 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11181 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11182 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11183 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11184 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11185 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11187 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11188 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11189 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11190 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11191 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11193 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11195 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11196 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11197 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11198 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11199 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11200 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11204 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11205 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11206 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11208 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11209 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11210 middle of some value chain. */
11212 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11213 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11215 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11219 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11220 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11221 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11223 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11227 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11231 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11232 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11233 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11234 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11235 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11238 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11239 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11240 return found_memory_cnt
;
11244 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11246 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11249 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11250 calls watch_command_1. */
11253 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11255 int just_location
= 0;
11258 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11259 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11261 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11265 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11269 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11271 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11275 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11277 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11281 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11283 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11287 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11289 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11293 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11295 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11299 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11300 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11302 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11304 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11305 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11309 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11310 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11311 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11314 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11316 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11318 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11319 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11320 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11321 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11325 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11327 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11328 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11329 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11330 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11331 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11332 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11333 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11334 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11335 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11337 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11339 clear_proceed_status ();
11341 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11344 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11345 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11346 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11347 get_last_displayed_line ());
11349 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11350 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11352 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11353 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11355 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11356 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11359 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11361 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11363 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11366 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11368 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11369 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11370 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11373 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11374 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11375 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11376 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11378 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11381 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11383 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11385 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11386 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11387 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11391 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11393 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11394 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11397 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11401 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11402 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11403 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11404 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11406 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11407 only at the very same frame. */
11408 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11409 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11410 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11412 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11414 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11415 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11416 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11417 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11419 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11421 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11422 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11424 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11425 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11426 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11428 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11429 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11430 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11434 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11437 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11438 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11440 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11441 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11442 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11443 if clause in the arg string. */
11446 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11450 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11453 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11456 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11457 condition string. */
11458 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11459 cond_string
= *arg
;
11461 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11463 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11465 return cond_string
;
11468 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11469 process start/exit, etc. */
11473 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11474 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11479 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11480 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11482 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11483 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11484 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11487 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11488 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11489 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11493 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11495 /* The allowed syntax is:
11497 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11499 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11500 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11502 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11503 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11505 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11506 and enable reporting of such events. */
11509 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11510 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11511 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11512 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11514 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11515 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11516 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11517 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11520 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11526 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11527 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11529 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11530 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11532 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11534 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11538 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11540 /* The allowed syntax is:
11542 catch exec if <cond>
11544 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11545 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11547 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11548 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11550 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11551 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11552 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11553 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11555 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11558 static enum print_stop_action
11559 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11561 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11562 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11563 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
11565 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
11567 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11568 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
11569 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
11572 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11573 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11574 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
11576 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11577 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11578 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11579 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
11580 : " (exception caught), ");
11581 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11583 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11584 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11585 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
11586 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11588 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11592 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11593 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
11595 struct value_print_options opts
;
11596 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11598 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11599 if (opts
.addressprint
)
11601 annotate_field (4);
11602 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11603 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11605 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
11606 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
11608 annotate_field (5);
11610 *last_loc
= b
->loc
;
11611 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
11613 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
11614 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11615 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "throw");
11619 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
11620 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11621 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "catch");
11626 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11628 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11632 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11633 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11634 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11635 : _("Catchpoint "));
11636 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11637 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
11641 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11642 catch catchpoints. */
11645 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11646 struct ui_file
*fp
)
11651 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11652 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11653 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11654 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
11655 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11658 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
11661 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
11662 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
11664 char *trigger_func_name
;
11666 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11667 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
11669 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
11671 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11672 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
11673 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11674 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
11676 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
11677 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
11685 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11688 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
11689 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
11691 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11695 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11697 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11699 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11700 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11702 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
11703 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11704 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11706 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
11709 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11712 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11715 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11717 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11719 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11722 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11725 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11727 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11729 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11733 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11734 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11735 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11737 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11743 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11745 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11747 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11748 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11749 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11750 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11751 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11752 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11753 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11754 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11755 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11756 enough for now, though. */
11759 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11761 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11762 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11763 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11764 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11767 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11768 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11770 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11772 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11773 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11775 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11777 int i
, syscall_number
;
11779 char cur_name
[128];
11782 /* Skip whitespace. */
11783 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11785 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11786 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11787 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11790 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11791 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11792 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11793 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11796 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11798 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11800 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11801 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11802 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11803 syscall number to be caught. */
11804 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11807 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11808 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11811 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11815 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11818 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11819 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11824 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11826 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11827 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11828 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11829 this architecture yet."));
11831 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11833 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11835 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11836 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11837 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11838 for his/her architecture. */
11839 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11841 /* The allowed syntax is:
11843 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11845 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11848 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11852 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11853 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11857 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11859 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11864 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11866 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11869 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11872 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11874 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11875 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11876 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11877 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11879 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11881 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11884 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11888 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11891 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11894 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11896 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11897 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11900 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11901 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11903 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11907 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11908 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11909 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11910 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11915 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11916 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11917 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11918 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11920 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11921 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11922 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11923 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11924 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11925 error (_("No source file specified."));
11927 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11933 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11934 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11935 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11936 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11938 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11939 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11940 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11941 due to optimization, all in one block.
11943 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11944 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11945 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11946 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11947 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11948 to support that. */
11950 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11951 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11952 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11956 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11957 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11959 const char *sal_fullname
;
11961 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11962 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11963 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11966 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11971 1 0 <can't happen> */
11973 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11974 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11975 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11977 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11978 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11981 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11982 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11984 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11985 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11987 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11988 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11989 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11991 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11992 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11993 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11994 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11995 int line_match
= 0;
11997 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11998 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11999 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12000 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12001 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12002 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12003 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12006 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12015 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12019 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12020 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12023 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12025 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12028 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12029 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12030 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12031 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12032 compare_breakpoints
);
12033 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12034 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12038 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12043 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12044 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12047 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12048 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12050 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12053 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12056 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12057 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12060 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12062 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12065 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12066 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12067 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12070 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12072 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12074 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12075 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12076 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12078 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12080 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12082 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12083 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12087 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12088 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12089 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12090 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12091 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12092 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12095 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12097 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12098 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12099 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12100 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12101 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12103 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12104 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12106 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12107 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12110 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12111 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12112 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12114 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12115 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12116 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12118 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12119 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12120 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12122 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12123 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12124 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12126 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12129 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12130 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12131 content of the bp_location array. */
12134 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12136 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12138 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12139 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12141 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12143 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12145 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12148 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12149 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12151 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12152 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12153 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12154 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12156 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12158 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12159 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12160 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12161 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12165 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12168 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12170 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12171 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12173 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12176 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12178 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12180 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12181 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12182 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12184 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12185 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12186 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12189 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12191 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12192 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12193 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12194 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12197 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12199 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12202 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12204 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12205 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12206 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12207 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12210 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12213 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12216 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12218 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12219 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12220 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12221 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12223 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12224 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12225 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12226 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12227 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12229 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12230 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12231 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12232 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12233 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12234 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12235 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12236 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12239 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12240 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12241 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12245 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12247 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12248 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12249 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12252 address
= bl
->address
;
12253 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12255 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12256 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12257 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12259 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12260 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12263 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12264 the same program space as the location
12265 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12266 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12267 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12271 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12272 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12275 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12276 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12277 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12278 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12279 that have already been marked. */
12280 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12282 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12284 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12286 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12287 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12292 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12293 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12294 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12295 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12296 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12297 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12298 returns true on them.
12300 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12301 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12302 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12303 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12304 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12305 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12308 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12310 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12311 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12312 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12313 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12314 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12315 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12316 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12318 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12319 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12320 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12321 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12322 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12324 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12325 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12326 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12327 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12329 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12330 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12331 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12332 unsigned old_location_count
;
12334 old_location
= bp_location
;
12335 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12336 bp_location
= NULL
;
12337 bp_location_count
= 0;
12338 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12340 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12341 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12342 bp_location_count
++;
12344 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12345 locp
= bp_location
;
12346 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12347 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12349 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12350 bp_location_compare
);
12352 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12354 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12355 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12356 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12357 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12358 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12361 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12362 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12364 locp
= bp_location
;
12365 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12368 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12369 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12371 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12372 not, we have to free it. */
12373 int found_object
= 0;
12374 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12375 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12378 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12379 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12380 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12381 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12385 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12386 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12389 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12390 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12391 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12393 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12394 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12395 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12397 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12398 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12401 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12405 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12406 have to go through updates again. */
12407 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12409 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12411 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12413 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12414 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12415 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12416 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12417 at certain location is not inserted. */
12419 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12421 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12424 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12426 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12427 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12428 keep_in_target
= 1;
12432 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12433 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12434 remove its target-side condition. */
12436 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12437 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12438 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12439 this one from the target. */
12441 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12442 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12445 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12446 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12449 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12451 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12453 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12454 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12455 supported, but the latter are. */
12456 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12458 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12459 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12462 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12463 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12465 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12466 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12468 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12469 keep_in_target
= 1;
12477 if (!keep_in_target
)
12479 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12481 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12482 this location on the global list, and try to
12483 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12484 reason why we will succeed next time.
12486 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12487 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12488 only after calling us. */
12489 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12490 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12491 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12499 if (removed
&& non_stop
12500 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12501 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12503 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12504 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12505 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12506 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12507 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12508 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12509 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12510 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12511 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12512 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12513 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12514 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12515 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12516 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12519 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12520 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12522 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12523 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12524 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12525 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12526 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12527 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12528 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12529 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12530 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12531 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12532 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12533 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12534 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12537 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12538 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12539 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12540 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12542 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12543 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12544 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12545 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12546 traps we can no longer explain. */
12548 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12549 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12551 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12555 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12556 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12561 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12562 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12563 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12564 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12565 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12566 are sorted first for the same address.
12568 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12569 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12571 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12572 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12573 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12574 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12575 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12577 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12579 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12582 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12583 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12584 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12585 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12586 `struct bp_location'. */
12587 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12589 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12590 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12594 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12595 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12596 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12597 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12598 "actually inserted"));
12600 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12601 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12602 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12603 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12604 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12605 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12607 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12609 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12610 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12611 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12613 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12614 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12616 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12618 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12619 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12620 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12626 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12627 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12628 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12630 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12631 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12633 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12634 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12636 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12637 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12638 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12639 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12640 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12643 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12644 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12645 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12648 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12651 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12652 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12653 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12655 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12660 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12662 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12666 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12668 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12671 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12672 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12674 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12675 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12681 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12683 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12685 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12686 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12689 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12692 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12696 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12697 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12699 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12700 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12701 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12705 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12707 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12709 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12711 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12715 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12719 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12721 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12722 struct value_print_options opts
;
12724 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12726 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12728 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12730 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12734 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12736 printf_filtered (" at ");
12737 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12740 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12742 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12744 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12745 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12746 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12747 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12749 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12750 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12751 real situation somewhat. */
12752 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12757 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12759 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12761 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12766 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12769 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12771 xfree (self
->cond
);
12772 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12773 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12774 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12777 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12782 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12786 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12788 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12789 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12790 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12791 xfree (self
->filter
);
12792 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12795 static struct bp_location
*
12796 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12798 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12800 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12801 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12806 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12808 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12811 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12812 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12815 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12817 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12821 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12823 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12827 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12828 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12830 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12832 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12836 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12841 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12845 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12847 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12850 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12854 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12856 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12859 static enum print_stop_action
12860 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12862 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12866 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12867 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12873 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12875 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12879 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12881 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12885 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12886 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12887 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12891 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12895 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12896 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12897 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12899 char *extra_string
,
12900 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12901 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12903 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12904 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12905 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12906 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12908 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12912 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12913 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12915 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12918 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12920 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12921 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12923 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
12926 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12928 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12929 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12930 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12931 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12932 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12933 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12934 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12935 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12936 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12937 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12939 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12940 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12941 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12942 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12943 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12944 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12945 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12948 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12951 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12953 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12954 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12956 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12957 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12961 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12965 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12967 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12968 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12971 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12976 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12978 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12979 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12981 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12985 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12986 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12987 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12989 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
12991 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12992 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12995 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12999 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13000 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13001 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13008 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13010 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13015 static enum print_stop_action
13016 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13018 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13019 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13021 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13023 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13025 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13026 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13028 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13029 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13030 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13033 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13035 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13037 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13038 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13040 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13041 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13042 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13044 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13045 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13047 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13051 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13053 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13058 case bp_breakpoint
:
13059 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13060 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13061 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13063 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13064 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13065 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13066 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13068 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13069 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13072 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13080 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13082 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13083 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13084 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13085 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13086 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13087 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13088 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13089 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13090 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13092 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13093 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13095 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13096 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13100 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13101 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13102 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13103 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13105 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13106 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13110 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13111 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13112 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13114 char *extra_string
,
13115 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13116 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13118 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13119 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13120 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13121 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13123 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13124 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13126 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13127 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13128 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13132 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13133 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13135 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13138 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13141 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13145 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13146 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13147 case bp_overlay_event
:
13148 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13149 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13150 case bp_exception_master
:
13151 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13154 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13155 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13156 case bp_shlib_event
:
13158 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13159 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13160 case bp_thread_event
:
13166 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13168 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13170 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13171 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13172 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13173 objects (among other things). */
13174 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13175 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13181 static enum print_stop_action
13182 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13184 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13185 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13187 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13191 case bp_shlib_event
:
13192 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13193 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13194 to shlib event" message.) */
13195 print_solib_event (0);
13198 case bp_thread_event
:
13199 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13200 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13201 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13204 case bp_overlay_event
:
13205 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13206 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13209 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13210 /* These should never be enabled. */
13211 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13214 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13215 /* These should never be enabled. */
13216 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13217 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13220 case bp_exception_master
:
13221 /* These should never be enabled. */
13222 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13223 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13227 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13231 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13233 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13236 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13239 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13241 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13242 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13243 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13244 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13248 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13250 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13253 static enum print_stop_action
13254 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13256 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13258 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13260 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13265 ui_out_field_string
13267 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13271 ui_out_field_string
13273 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13278 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13282 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13284 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13287 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13289 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13290 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13293 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13295 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13298 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13300 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13303 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13306 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13308 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13312 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13314 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13321 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13323 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13324 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13326 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13330 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13331 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13332 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13333 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13335 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13337 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13339 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13340 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13342 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13346 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13347 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13349 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13351 error (_("probe not found"));
13354 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13357 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13359 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13363 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13364 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13365 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13367 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13373 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13374 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13376 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13377 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13379 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13381 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13382 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13383 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13384 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13389 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13391 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13396 case bp_tracepoint
:
13397 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13398 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13400 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13401 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13402 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13404 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13405 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13406 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13409 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13410 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13417 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13419 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13421 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13422 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13423 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13424 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13425 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13426 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13428 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13429 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13431 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13432 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13434 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13435 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13439 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13440 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13441 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13442 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13444 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13445 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13449 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13450 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13451 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13453 char *extra_string
,
13454 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13455 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13457 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13458 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13459 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13460 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13462 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13463 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13465 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13466 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13467 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13471 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13472 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13474 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13477 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13479 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13483 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13484 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13485 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13486 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13488 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13489 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13490 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13494 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13495 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13497 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13498 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13501 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13503 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13507 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13508 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13509 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13510 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13512 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13514 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13516 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13518 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13519 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13520 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13524 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13525 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13526 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13528 char *extra_string
,
13529 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13530 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13532 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13533 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13534 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13535 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13539 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13540 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13541 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13542 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13543 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13544 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13546 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13548 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13549 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13550 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13553 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13554 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13556 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13557 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13559 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13560 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13562 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13563 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13564 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13565 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13566 canonical
->special_display
);
13567 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13568 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13569 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13570 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13571 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13572 corresponds to this one */
13573 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13575 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13577 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13582 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13583 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13585 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13587 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13588 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13590 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13594 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13597 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13600 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13602 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13605 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13609 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13611 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13613 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13615 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13616 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13619 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13620 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13621 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13622 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13623 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13626 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13627 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13628 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13629 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13631 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13634 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13635 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13636 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13638 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13639 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13641 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13642 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13643 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13644 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13648 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13650 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13651 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13652 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13653 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13654 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13657 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13658 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13659 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13660 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13662 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13664 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13665 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13667 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13668 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13670 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13674 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13676 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13677 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13678 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13679 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13680 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13681 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13682 commands won't work. */
13684 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13686 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13687 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13688 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13689 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13690 might be better design to have location completely
13691 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13692 update_global_location_list (0);
13694 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13695 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13696 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13697 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13702 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13704 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13708 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13710 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13713 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13714 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13717 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13718 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13722 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13727 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13729 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13730 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13732 if (next
== related
)
13734 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13735 function (related
, data
);
13737 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13738 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13743 function (related
, data
);
13747 while (related
!= b
);
13751 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13753 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13756 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13757 delete_breakpoint. */
13760 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13762 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13766 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13768 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13774 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13776 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13777 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13778 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13779 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13780 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13782 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13786 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13788 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13790 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13791 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13792 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13796 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13800 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13802 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13803 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13804 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13809 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13810 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13811 Null names are ignored. */
13814 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13816 struct bp_location
*l
;
13817 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13818 (int (*) (const void *,
13819 const void *)) streq
,
13820 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13822 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13825 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13827 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13831 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13833 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13837 htab_delete (htab
);
13843 htab_delete (htab
);
13847 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13848 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13849 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13850 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13851 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13852 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13853 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13854 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13857 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13858 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13859 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13860 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13861 in the sources, and output a warning.
13863 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13864 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13865 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13866 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13867 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13870 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13871 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13872 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13873 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13874 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13875 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13876 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13877 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13878 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13880 static struct symtab_and_line
13881 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13883 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13884 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13889 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13891 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13893 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13894 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13896 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13898 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13899 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13900 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13905 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13907 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13909 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13910 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13912 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13915 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13917 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13919 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13920 struct symbol
*sym
;
13921 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13922 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13924 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13926 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13927 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13929 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13930 "found at previous line number"),
13931 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13935 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13937 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13938 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13939 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13942 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13943 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13944 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13946 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
13947 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13948 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13950 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13952 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13954 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13957 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13958 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13960 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13961 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13963 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13964 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13965 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13966 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13968 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13971 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13977 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13978 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13981 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13985 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13988 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13991 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13998 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14004 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14005 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14006 a ranged breakpoint. */
14009 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14010 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14011 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14014 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14016 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14018 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14020 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14021 update_global_location_list (1);
14022 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14023 "multiple locations found\n"),
14028 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14029 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14030 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14031 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14032 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14033 individual locations. */
14034 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14039 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14041 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14043 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14045 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14047 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14049 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14052 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14054 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14055 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14057 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14058 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14063 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14064 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14065 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14066 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14070 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14072 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14074 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14078 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14079 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14080 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14082 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14085 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14086 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14087 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14088 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14089 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14090 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14091 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14093 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14095 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14097 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14098 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14100 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14101 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14109 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14110 if (l
->function_name
14111 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14121 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14122 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14124 update_global_location_list (1);
14127 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14128 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14130 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14131 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14134 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14135 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14137 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14140 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14142 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14146 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14147 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14148 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14149 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14150 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14151 state, then user already saw the message about that
14152 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14154 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14155 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14156 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14157 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14158 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14159 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14161 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14163 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14164 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14165 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14166 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14167 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14168 which approach is better. */
14169 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14170 throw_exception (e
);
14174 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14178 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14179 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14180 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14182 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14185 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14186 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14189 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14190 b
->thread
= thread
;
14193 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14194 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14197 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14198 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14208 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14209 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14213 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14216 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14217 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14218 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14220 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14223 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14227 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14229 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14232 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14233 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14237 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14240 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14241 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14244 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14245 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14246 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14247 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14249 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14252 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14253 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14257 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14258 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14259 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
14261 char *extra_string
,
14262 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14263 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14265 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14266 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14267 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14268 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14270 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14272 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14273 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14274 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14277 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14278 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14281 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14282 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14284 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14286 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14287 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14288 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14289 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14292 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14293 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14295 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14297 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14299 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14300 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14301 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14303 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14306 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14309 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14311 static struct cleanup
*
14312 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14314 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14316 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14317 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14318 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14319 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14320 set_language (b
->language
);
14325 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14326 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14327 Unused in this case. */
14330 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14332 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14333 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14334 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14336 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14337 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14338 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14342 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14344 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14346 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14347 enum language save_language
;
14348 int save_input_radix
;
14349 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14351 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14352 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14353 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14355 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14357 /* Format possible error msg. */
14358 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14360 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14361 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14362 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14364 set_language (save_language
);
14365 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14367 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14369 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14371 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14372 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14373 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14374 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14377 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14379 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14380 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14382 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14384 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14386 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14387 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14389 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14390 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14391 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14393 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14397 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14398 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14399 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14402 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14404 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14409 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14410 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14412 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14414 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14415 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14420 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14424 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14425 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14427 else if (count
== 1)
14428 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14431 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14432 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14435 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14439 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14442 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14445 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14451 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14453 num
= get_number (&p
);
14455 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14457 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14459 set_ignore_count (num
,
14460 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14463 printf_filtered ("\n");
14466 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14467 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14470 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14475 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14477 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14480 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14482 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14484 while (!state
.finished
)
14486 char *p
= state
.string
;
14490 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14493 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14497 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14498 if (b
->number
== num
)
14501 function (b
, data
);
14505 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14510 static struct bp_location
*
14511 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14513 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14517 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14518 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14523 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14525 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14527 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14528 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14533 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14534 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14537 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14539 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14543 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14546 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14552 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14553 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14554 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14557 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14559 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14560 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14561 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14562 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14565 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14566 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14569 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14571 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14572 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14574 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14575 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14577 struct bp_location
*location
;
14579 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14580 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14583 update_global_location_list (0);
14585 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14588 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14591 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14593 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14596 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14597 disable_breakpoint. */
14600 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14602 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14606 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14610 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14612 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14613 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14614 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14616 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14618 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14624 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14626 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14627 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14628 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14629 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14631 update_global_location_list (0);
14634 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14638 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14641 int target_resources_ok
;
14643 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14646 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14647 target_resources_ok
=
14648 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14650 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14651 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14652 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14653 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14656 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14658 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14659 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14660 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14662 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14664 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14666 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14667 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14668 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14672 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14673 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14679 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14680 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14682 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14684 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14685 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14687 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14688 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14690 struct bp_location
*location
;
14692 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14693 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14696 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14697 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14698 update_global_location_list (1);
14700 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14705 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14707 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14711 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14713 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14716 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14717 enable_breakpoint. */
14720 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14722 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14725 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14726 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14727 in stopping the inferior. */
14730 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14734 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14736 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14737 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14738 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14740 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14742 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14748 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14750 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14751 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14752 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14753 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14755 update_global_location_list (1);
14758 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14761 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14771 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14773 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14775 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14779 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14781 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14783 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14787 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14789 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14793 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14795 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14797 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14801 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14803 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14805 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14809 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14811 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14813 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14817 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14819 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14823 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14828 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14832 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14833 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14837 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14838 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14839 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14841 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14843 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14844 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14845 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14847 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14849 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14851 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14853 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14854 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14855 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14856 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14858 value_free (wp
->val
);
14866 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14867 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14868 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14869 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14873 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14874 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14876 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14878 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14880 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14881 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14883 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14885 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14893 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14894 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14897 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14899 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14902 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14908 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14911 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14912 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14914 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14917 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14918 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14923 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14925 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14926 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14930 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14931 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14932 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14935 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14936 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14937 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14938 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14939 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14940 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14942 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14943 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14944 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14945 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14948 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14949 were inserted or not. */
14952 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14954 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14955 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14958 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14961 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14963 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14965 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14967 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14968 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14969 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14970 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14972 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14974 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14975 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14976 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14977 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14981 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14982 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14983 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14987 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14991 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14992 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14994 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14995 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14996 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
15000 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15004 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15008 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15009 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15010 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
15011 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15014 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15018 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15023 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15025 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
15027 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
15028 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
15036 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15037 non-zero otherwise. */
15039 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15041 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15042 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15043 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15050 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15052 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15053 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15055 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15059 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15061 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15063 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15064 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15066 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15068 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15072 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15074 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15084 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15085 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15086 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15087 char *text
, char *word
)
15089 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15090 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15091 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15097 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15099 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15101 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15103 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15104 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15108 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15110 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15111 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15113 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15114 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15116 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15118 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15120 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15122 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15123 0 /* Ignore count */,
15124 pending_break_support
,
15128 0 /* internal */, 0);
15132 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15134 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15136 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15138 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15139 0 /* Ignore count */,
15140 pending_break_support
,
15141 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15144 0 /* internal */, 0);
15147 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15150 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15152 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15154 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15155 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15156 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15157 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15159 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15161 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15163 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15165 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15166 0 /* Ignore count */,
15167 pending_break_support
,
15171 0 /* internal */, 0);
15174 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15175 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15177 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15178 static int next_cmd
;
15181 read_uploaded_action (void)
15185 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15192 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15193 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15194 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15195 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15196 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15198 struct tracepoint
*
15199 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15201 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15202 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15204 if (utp
->at_string
)
15205 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15208 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15209 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15210 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15212 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15213 "source location, using raw address"),
15215 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15216 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15219 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15220 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15221 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15222 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15225 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15227 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15228 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15230 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15231 0 /* Ignore count */,
15232 pending_break_support
,
15233 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15235 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15237 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15240 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15241 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15242 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15246 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15249 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15252 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15253 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15254 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15256 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15258 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15263 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15265 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15267 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15268 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15269 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15270 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15273 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15274 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15275 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15280 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15284 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15286 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15289 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15291 if (num_printed
== 0)
15293 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15294 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15296 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15299 default_collect_info ();
15302 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15303 Not supported by all targets. */
15305 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15307 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15310 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15311 Not supported by all targets. */
15313 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15315 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15318 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15320 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15322 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15328 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15330 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15331 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15332 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15334 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15335 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15337 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15341 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15343 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15345 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15346 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15347 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15351 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15354 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15357 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15359 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15360 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15362 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15363 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15366 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15368 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15369 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15370 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15373 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15375 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15376 unsigned int count
;
15378 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15379 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15380 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15382 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15384 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15385 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15387 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15389 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15391 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15393 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15395 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15396 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15399 else if (*args
== '\0')
15401 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15403 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15407 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15409 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15410 while (!state
.finished
)
15412 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15414 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15419 struct tracepoint
*
15420 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15422 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15424 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15425 if (t
->number
== num
)
15426 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15431 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15432 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15435 struct tracepoint
*
15436 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15438 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15440 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15442 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15444 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15451 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15452 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15453 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15454 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15455 struct tracepoint
*
15456 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15457 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15460 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15462 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15466 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15467 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15469 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15472 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15474 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15477 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15481 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15482 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15485 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15486 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15490 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15491 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15493 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15496 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15501 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15503 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15504 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15507 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15509 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15512 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15513 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15514 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15518 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15519 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15521 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15524 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15525 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15526 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15528 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15529 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15531 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15532 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15534 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15535 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15538 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15539 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15544 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15546 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15548 /* We can stop searching. */
15555 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15559 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15560 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15561 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15563 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15564 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15565 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15567 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15568 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15570 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15572 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15573 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15576 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15577 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15580 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15582 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15583 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15586 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15587 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15589 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15590 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15594 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15596 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15598 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15599 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15601 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15603 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15606 throw_exception (ex
);
15608 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15611 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15612 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15614 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15615 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15616 special, and not user visible. */
15617 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15619 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15622 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15624 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15628 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15629 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15631 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15633 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15636 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15639 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15641 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15644 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15647 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15649 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15652 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15654 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15655 all_tracepoints (void)
15657 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15658 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15660 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15662 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15669 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15670 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15671 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15673 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15674 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15675 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15676 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15677 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15678 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15679 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15680 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15681 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15682 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15683 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15685 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15686 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15688 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15689 conditions are different.\n\
15691 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15693 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15694 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15696 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15697 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15700 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15701 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15702 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15703 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15704 void *user_data_catch
,
15705 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15707 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15709 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15711 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15712 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15713 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15715 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15717 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15718 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15719 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15723 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15725 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15726 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15728 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15729 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15730 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15734 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15736 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15737 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15738 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15741 struct breakpoint
*
15742 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15745 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15749 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15756 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15757 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15760 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15762 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15763 non-inline function. */
15764 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15770 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15771 have been inlined. */
15774 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15775 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15777 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15778 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15780 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15782 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15785 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15787 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15788 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15796 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15799 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15801 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15803 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15804 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
15805 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15809 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15811 static int initialized
= 0;
15813 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15819 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15820 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15821 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15822 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15823 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15824 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15825 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15826 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15827 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15828 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15829 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15830 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15832 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15833 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15834 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15835 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15836 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15837 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15838 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15839 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15841 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15842 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15843 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15844 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15845 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15846 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15847 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15848 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15849 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15850 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15852 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15853 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15854 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15855 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15856 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15857 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15858 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15860 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15861 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15862 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15863 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15864 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15865 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15866 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15868 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15869 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15870 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15871 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15873 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15874 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15875 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15876 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15877 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15878 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15879 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15881 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15882 ops
= &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
15883 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15884 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception_catchpoint
;
15885 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception_catchpoint
;
15886 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception_catchpoint
;
15887 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
;
15890 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15891 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15892 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15893 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15894 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15895 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15896 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15897 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15898 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15899 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15900 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15901 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15902 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15904 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15905 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15906 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15907 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15908 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15909 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15910 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15911 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15912 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15913 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15914 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15917 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15918 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15919 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15920 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15921 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15922 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15923 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15924 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15925 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15926 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15928 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15929 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15930 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15931 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15932 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15934 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15935 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15936 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15937 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15938 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15939 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15941 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15942 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15943 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15944 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15945 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15946 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15947 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15948 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15949 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15950 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15952 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15953 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15954 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15955 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15956 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15957 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15958 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15959 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15960 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15961 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15963 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15964 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15965 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15966 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15967 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15968 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15969 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15970 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15971 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15972 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15973 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15975 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15976 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15977 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15978 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15979 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15980 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15981 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15982 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15983 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15984 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15985 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15987 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15988 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15989 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15990 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15991 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15992 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15993 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15994 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15995 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15996 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15997 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15998 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16000 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16001 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16002 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16003 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16004 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16005 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16006 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
16009 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16011 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16014 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16016 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16018 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16020 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16021 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16022 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16024 breakpoint_objfile_key
16025 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16027 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16028 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16029 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16031 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16032 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16033 before a breakpoint is set. */
16034 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16036 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16038 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16039 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16040 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16042 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16044 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16045 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16046 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16047 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16048 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16049 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16050 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16051 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16053 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16054 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16055 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16056 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16057 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16059 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16060 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16061 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16062 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16063 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16065 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16066 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16068 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16069 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16070 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16071 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16073 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16074 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16076 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16077 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16078 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16079 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16081 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16082 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16084 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16085 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16086 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16087 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16088 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16089 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16090 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16092 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16093 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16094 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16095 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16096 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16097 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16099 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16101 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16102 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16103 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16104 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16105 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16106 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16108 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16109 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16110 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16113 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16114 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16115 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16118 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16119 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16120 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16121 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16124 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16125 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16126 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16129 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16130 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16131 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16134 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16135 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16136 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16137 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16140 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16141 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16142 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16143 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16144 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16145 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16146 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16147 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16149 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16150 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16151 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16152 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16153 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16155 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16156 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16157 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16158 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16159 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16160 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16163 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16164 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16165 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16166 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16168 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16169 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16170 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16171 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16172 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16174 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16175 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16176 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16177 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16179 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16180 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16181 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16182 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16183 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16186 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16187 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16188 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16189 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16190 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16191 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16193 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16194 is executing in.\n\
16196 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16197 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16199 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16200 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16201 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16202 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16204 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16205 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16206 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16207 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16210 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16214 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16215 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16216 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16217 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16218 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16219 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16220 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16221 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16222 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16223 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16224 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16225 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16226 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16227 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16228 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16229 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16231 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16232 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16233 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16234 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16235 breakpoint set."));
16238 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16239 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16240 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16241 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16242 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16243 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16244 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16245 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16246 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16248 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16249 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16250 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16251 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16252 breakpoint set."));
16254 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16257 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16258 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16259 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16260 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16261 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16262 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16263 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16264 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16265 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16267 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16268 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16269 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16270 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16271 breakpoint set."));
16273 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16274 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16275 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16276 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16277 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16278 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16279 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16280 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16281 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16282 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16283 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16284 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16285 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16287 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16288 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16289 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16290 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16292 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16294 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16295 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16296 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16297 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16299 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16300 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16301 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16302 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16304 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16305 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16306 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16307 catch_catch_command
,
16311 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16312 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16313 catch_throw_command
,
16317 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16318 catch_fork_command_1
,
16320 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16321 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16322 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16323 catch_fork_command_1
,
16325 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16326 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16327 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16328 catch_exec_command_1
,
16332 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16333 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16334 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16335 catch_load_command_1
,
16339 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16340 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16341 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16342 catch_unload_command_1
,
16346 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16347 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16348 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16349 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16350 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16351 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16352 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16353 catch_syscall_completer
,
16357 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16358 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16359 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16360 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16361 an expression changes.\n\
16362 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16363 the memory to which it refers."));
16364 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16366 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16367 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16368 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16369 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16370 an expression is read.\n\
16371 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16372 the memory to which it refers."));
16373 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16375 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16376 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16377 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16378 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16379 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16380 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16381 the memory to which it refers."));
16382 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16384 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16385 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16387 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16388 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16389 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16390 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16391 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16392 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16393 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16394 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16395 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16398 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16399 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16401 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16403 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16405 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16406 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16408 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16409 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16410 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16412 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16413 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16414 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16415 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16417 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16418 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16420 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16421 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16422 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16424 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16425 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16427 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16428 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16429 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16430 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16431 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16432 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16433 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16434 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16435 the selected stack frame.\n\
16436 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16437 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16438 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16439 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16441 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16443 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16444 conditions are different.\n\
16446 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16447 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16448 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16450 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16451 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16452 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16453 last tracepoint set."));
16455 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16457 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16458 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16459 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16460 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16462 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16464 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16465 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16466 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16467 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16469 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16471 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16472 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16473 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16474 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16476 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16478 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16479 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16480 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16481 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16482 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16484 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16485 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16486 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16487 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16489 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16490 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16491 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16492 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16493 session to restore them."),
16495 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16497 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16498 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16499 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16501 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16503 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16504 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16506 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16507 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16508 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16509 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16510 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16511 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16512 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16513 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16514 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16515 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16516 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16517 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16519 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16520 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16521 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16522 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16523 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16524 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16525 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16526 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16528 show_pending_break_support
,
16529 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16530 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16532 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16534 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16535 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16536 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16537 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16538 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16539 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16540 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16542 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16543 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16544 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16546 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16547 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16548 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16549 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16550 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16551 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16552 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16553 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16554 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16555 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16556 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16557 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16559 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16560 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16561 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16563 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16564 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16565 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16566 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16567 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16568 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16569 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16570 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16571 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16572 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16573 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16574 be set to \"gdb\""),
16575 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16576 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16577 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16578 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16580 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16581 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16582 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16583 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16584 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16585 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16586 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16587 or the start of the range\n\
16588 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16589 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16590 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16592 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16593 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16594 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16596 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16597 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16598 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16599 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16600 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16601 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16603 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16605 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16606 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16607 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16608 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16609 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16610 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16611 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16612 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16613 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16614 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16615 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16616 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16618 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16619 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16620 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16621 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16622 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16623 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16624 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16626 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16627 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16628 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16629 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16630 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16631 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16632 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16634 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16635 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16636 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16637 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16638 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16639 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16642 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16644 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16645 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16646 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16648 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16650 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);